FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Document responsible/Approved 1(54) Document no. 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Date Rev. File reference 99-07-15 U ASB 150 02 Database reference 15534.fm ASB 150 02 Facility Description - General Contents Page 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1.1 This document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 2(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference 7.3 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7.4 Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 8 FEATURE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 3(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 1 1.1 Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference INTRODUCTION 2.3 This document Under this heading is described how the facility is operated from the following current telephones types: Operation Analogue Telephone This document, together with a number of subdocuments, describes all functions in ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 4(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 2.6 Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 3 Programming File reference GENERAL Here are the programming commands stated that must be executed to access the facility. The FACILITY DESCRIPTION describes all facilities in ASB 150 02 Release R10. The programming commands are to be executed in the sequence stated.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 5(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference ECONOMYplus Telephone, DBC 211 4 TELEPHONE TYPES 4.3 4.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 6(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 4.4 Kontr/Checked STANDARD Telephone, DBC 212 Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 4.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 7(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 4.6 Kontr/Checked Operator’s Console, DBC 214 Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 4.7 File reference Portable Telephone, DT 288 This is a telephone that has been specially adapted for OPERATOR requirements. The console has special keys for the various OPERATOR functions as well as a 5*40 character display.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 8(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 4.9 Kontr/Checked Ericsson Analogue Telephones Analogue Telephone Basic, Dialog 3105 Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 9(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 4.11 Kontr/Checked Telephones delivered in previous releases of ASB 150 02 The folllowing types of system telephones may also be connected to ASB 150 02: Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 10(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference STANDARD Telephone, DBC 631 OPERATOR’s Console, DBC 663 • Standard keyset • 7 permanent function keys This is a telephone that has been specially adapted for OPERATOR requirements.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 11(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 4.12 Kontr/Checked ASB 150 01 telephones Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference EXECUTIVE Telephone, DBC 753 Following telephones may be connected to ASB 150 02 by means of the ELU-C board.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 12(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen 4 4 14 48 82 3 37 71 X X X X X X X X X X X X X * X X X Abbreviated no. dial.individual numbers via prog. key Account numbers X ACD agent-tel. ACD supervisor-tel.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 13(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen X X X X Desk Top Manager X X X X X X DISA X X X X X Diversion direct X X X X Diversion on busy X X X Div. on no reply X X Doorph.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 14(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen X Message-sys. voice X X X X X X X X Message-s. call me X X X X X X X X X X DT 310 DT 368 DT 288 + 4 DSS X DBC 214 X + 2 DSS DBC 214 DBC 214 X + 4 DSS X + 2 DSS X Message-sys. text DBC 213 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Mailbox-sys. indiv.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 15(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference Abbreviated no. dial.individual numbers via key pad ^ 10 10 Abbreviated no. dial.individual numbers via prog. key Account numbers X X ACD agent-tel.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 16(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen DBC 663 DT 360 DBC 662 X X X X X X X X X X X # X X X X # X X X X X Desk Top Manager DISA File reference DBC 631 U DBC 601 Rev. 99-07-15 DBC 199 Date DBC 754 DBC 753 DBC 755 DBC 751 Analogue DTMF Feature Kontr/Checked Analogue rotary Document responsible/Approved X X X X Diversion direct ^ X X X X Diversion on busy X X X X X Div.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen X DBC 754 DBC 199 DBC 601 DBC 631 DBC 662 DBC 663 DT 360 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference DBC 753 U DBC 755 Rev 99-07-15 X X X X X X X X X X X Message-sys. text Music on hold Datum/Date DBC 751 Message-s.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 6 Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 U Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference FUNCTIONALITY OF ASB 150 02 WITH / WITHOUT CONNECTED FECU Together with the introduction of the ASB 150 02 R9, a software licencing concept was introduced.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 U Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference The following table shows the functionality enabled in ASB 150 02 depending on the connected FECU: Available FECUs: KDUBS 103 06 / 1 - 10 KDUBS 103 07 / 1 - 10 (ASB 150 02 R9, R10) (ASB 150 02 R11) FECU KDUBS 130 0x/2 FECU KDUBS 130 0x/3 FECU KDUBS 130 0x/4 F
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference R9 CTI - BusinessLink for Novell * R9 R9 R9 R9 R9 CTI - BusinessLink for Windows NT R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 CTI groups =< 8 * R9 R9 R9 R9 R9 CTI groups =< 16 R11 R11 R11 R11 R11 CTI - Enhanced CIL func. R10 R10 R10 R10 R10 Conn. state mess.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen ISDN BA & PRA X ISDN S-interface X ISDN Caller List ISDN DDI, AOC X ISDN CLIP, COLP X ISDN CLIR, COLR X ISDN - CLIR override ISDN MCID, MSN, SUB FECU KDUBS 130 0x/10 X FECU KDUBS 130 0x/9 Intrusion FECU KDUBS 130 0x/8 X FECU KDUBS 130 0x/7 Intercom FECU KDUBS 130 0x/6 Integrated Cordless GAP protocol FECU KDUBS 130 0x/5 X Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(54) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen R9 Networking - digital MD 110 BC10 adaptions Networking - digital Central.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 23(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 7 7.1 Kontr/Checked RELATION BETWEEN FEATURES AND RELEASES Software implemented A-Number transfer via MFC Abbreviated number dialling - common numbers R7 R1 enhanced R10 Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 24(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 25(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 7.3 Kontr/Checked Hardware Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 7.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 26(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 8 Kontr/Checked FEATURE CODES Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 27(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 9 Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U TONE MESSAGES ASB 150 02 supplies various tone messages as information to users. As different markets have different requirements with regard both to tone character and also levels and frequencies, there are various configurations of tones.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 28(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 12 Kontr/Checked DISPLAY MESSAGES Telephones with display supplies information concerning name, directory number and status of call partner. The display is also used when programming individual or system related functions. Display information show some difference between the various telephones that may be connected. Below is an overview of the display types: 12.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 29(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 12.5 Kontr/Checked This telephone has 5 rows: Top row shows the date and time and eventually the temperature. Second row shows the indication of the Common and Individual operator queue. The 3rd and 4th row show the connected party. The bottom row shows the 4 menu functions that are activated by the 4 keys below. >123456 NEW< 207 12.6 FREE 1 SMITH serial Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 30(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 U NOTE: Display for OPERATOR’s Console, DBC214 On the OPERATOR’s Console the 4th and 5th line (white area) is used for programming with the same display picture as for the 2*20 character display. The menu key prog accesses individual programming only.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 31(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 13.1.3 Kontr/Checked To enter command number Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference When the arrow is displayed at the extreme right press Enter, whereupon a new input field is shown. Enter relevant number and press Enter. The display shows (for example). 10 Jul 14:40 SWAP DIR.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 32(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 13.1.6 Kontr/Checked Rev. 99-07-15 U 13.1.6.1 Copying function An entered value for an extension or trunk can be copied to an optional number of other extensions or trunks. This is useful when, for example, several extensions are to be assigned the same categories or key functions. When the display shows ENTER COMMAND, press "copy" to access the copying function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 33(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 13.1.7 Kontr/Checked Return Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 14 INDIVIDUAL PROGRAMMING 14.1 General It is always possible to return to the preceding level by pressing key return. To quit programming mode STANDARD, DBC 212 ECONOMYplus, DBC 211 BASIC, DBC 210 13.1.9 EXECUTIVE, DBC 213 It is always possible to quit the programming mode by pressing the Clear key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 34(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Date Rev. 99-07-15 U CODE ASS.NO. RING TYPE PRIORITY PRIORITY = Used only for ACD-answer keys. States which priority the answer key possesses in relation to other ACD-answer keys OPERATOR hold 33 - - - External Voice mailb. 34 - - - Hold 35 - - - Transfer 36 - - - Save/Redial 37 - - - PRIORITY RING TYPE ASS.NO.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 35(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 14.2.2 • Kontr/Checked To program individual short numbers Rev. 99-07-15 U 14.2.4 File reference To program keys Press key. Press short-no. The display shows The display shows: 10 JUL 14:40 Date 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ +15˚ PROGRAMMABLE KEYS SHORT NUMBER - ENTER KEY ENTER KEY return return • Press relevant key. Press relevant key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 36(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked The display shows a new image: 10 Jul 14:40 Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 14.2.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 37(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked ECONOMYplus - and STANDARD Telephone 14.2.6 Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference A selected function code can (may) require further parameters to be stated. Access programming mode 14.2.10 Programming sequence Key following sequence: • *00*. On/off lamp lights You are now in Phone programming mode.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 38(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked To program ring volume: • Press 2* level (0 - 9) Date Rev. 99-07-15 U File reference The lamp associated with the key lights on the first key depression and remains lit until all parameters have been entered. To program ring character: • Press 3* character (0 - 9) System answers to each programming with ring bursts of the selected type, volume or character.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 39(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved 15 Kontr/Checked COMMAND LIST The following list shows all commands that can be accessed from authorised telephones and/or via RASC. An authority level is assigned to each command that is accessable from authorised telephones. This authority level defines which commands can be accessed from.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 40(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone 03 Programmable keys 0301 0302 0303 0304 Function of key Associated Number Ringing alternative Priority 04 Individual short number 1 1 0 1 0401 Extensions - Indiv.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 41(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number 14 command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone Date Rev. 99-07-15 U 15 File reference Trunk -> Call Meter 1501 Call meter of trunk 1502 Tariff number 1503 Carrier number NO NO NO YES YES YES Trunk times 1401 Number of digits with long dial supervision NO 1402 Time supervision of long register signal.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 42(54) Document no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 43(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number 2056 2057 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2070 2071 2072 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone Shutdown reroute position Follow me / Diversion to ACD Consol. time from alarm to OK First priority link for synchr.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 44(54) Document no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 45(54) Document no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 46(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number 34 command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone PBX group members 3401 PBX-member's dir.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 47(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number 42 command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone Group call pick-up 4201 Dir. no. of member 43 1 YES Message & information data 4301 Max. time for speech message 4302 Max. time for speech info 4303 Max.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 48(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number 49 command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 49(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved Kontr/Checked Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 50(54) Document no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 51(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 52(54) Document no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 53(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone 86 Message guest paramaters 8601 8602 8603 8604 Storing: Welcome 1 Storing: Play directory number Storing: Welcome 2 Retrieving: Welcome 87 NO NO NO NO Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 54(54) Document no. Subject responsible 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Document responsible/Approved command number command name Kontr/Checked minimum accessable required via RASC authority level from telephone 9134 9135 9136 9140 9141 9142 9143 9144 9145 9146 Travelling Class Mark (3) Complete called party NL, 3 Subscriber called party NL, 3 4-th.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 100/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-03-05 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 100.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 100/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-03-05 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Capacity The accumulated costs for the transferred call will be assigned to the orginator. It depends on the programming of the actual used trunk line and on it’s public subscriber number how the A-number is displayed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 100/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-03-05 Programming On system level we define a table with up to 32 different public numbers (command 2220 ) which will be used in case of outgoing calls; one public number per number group. In addition the type of the programmed number has to be specified ( national, subscriber,... ).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 101/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 E Database reference 101.fm ABBREVIATED NUMBER DIALLING COMMON NUMBERS "FICTIVE NUMBER", document 201/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 101/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 ANALOGUE Telephones • Lift handset • Await dial tone • Dial relevant abbreviated number. Stored number is transmitted Capacity Up to 16 number series can be defined for common abbreviated numbers.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 101/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 6510 Administrative data for short numbers This menu is used to create, alter or delete a data record containing administrative data. The data record is assigned to a number. This number can be any number with a maximum of four digits containing the "digits" 0-9,* and #.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 101/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Categorisation of abbreviated numbers This command is only accessable via RASC: 2502 - 2505 Categorisation 1005 Abbreviated number category for trunks For each abbreviated number it can be stated for which abbreviated number categories (0 - 3) each individua
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 D Database reference 102.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Programming on STANDARD and ECONOMYplus Telephones Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Individual abbreviated number dialling via the key pad: • Press " * 0 0 * " • Press 2nd -key Programming • Press the desired key • Dial external number, including the trunk route access number (max.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 All individual abbreviated numbers can be deleted by pressing the following key sequence: # 5 1 # Press Outgoing calls • Press " * * " and then a key from 0 to 9 The procedures are from " **0 " to " **9 ".
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ NO.OF IND. SHORT NO 0202 Assignment of individual abbreviated numbers forward xxxx c/i z return xxxx Enter the extension's directory number z Number of group (0 - 21).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Individual abbreviated number dialling via a programmable key Individual abbreviated number dialling via the key pad 0401 Programming individual abbreviated numbers 0401 Programming individual abbreviated numbers Via this command the individual abbreviated n
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 102/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Equipment Individual abbreviated number dialling via a dedicated key: ECONOMYplus-, STANDARD-, EXECUTIVE Telephone or OPERATOR’s Console. Individual abbreviated number dialling via the key pad: Analogue-, BASIC-, ECONOMY- or STANDARD Telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 103/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 103.fm ACCOUNT NUMBER All telephones In idle state the account number is entered by dialling the number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 103/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Capacity Equipment Account numbers can be entered for all external calls. The length of each account number is an optional 1 - 15 digits. To benefit from the account number function it is necessary to equip the system for e.g. ERICSSON CALL ACCOUNT MANAGER.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 C ASB 150 02 Database reference 104.fm ACD-SYSTEM Contents 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page ACD - INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD - INTRODUCTION Definition The ACD (Automatic Call Distribution) system of the ASB 15002 automatically distributes calls to supervised groups of agents answering incoming calls on assigned ACD-numbers.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 C porarily no calls in this queue, answer calls from other queues. 10 Jul 14:40 3710 backward xx forward xx return enter the time in minutes, after which an active agent in pause state will automatically be logged off. The value can be between 1 - 30.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Equipment To use the features that ACD system offers, STANDARD, ECONOMYplus and EXECUTIVE telephones can be used as agent’s telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked GLOSSARY ACD-group A group of agents with programmed answer keys for one of the ACD-queues. ACD-MS The interface in the PBX that supports the advanced monitoring and statistics processing program(s) for ACD-applications. ACD-MS V.0 = Interface valid till R7. ACD-MS V.1 = Interface valid since R8. ACD-MS V.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 104/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Priority If an agent answers several queues, a priority between the queues may be programmed. Queue Each ACD-call number has a queue where calls are queued when there are no free agents available. Queue message A pre-recorded voice message that can be played to the caller. Two messages can be recorded per queue.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 G ASB 150 02 Database reference 105.fm ACD-GROUP Contents 1(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page ACD-GROUP GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ACD-QUEUE ADMINISTRATION AND OVERFLOW CRITERIAS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-GROUP GENERAL Definition An ACD-group is a group of trunk lines used for distributing ACD calls to a group of agents. Use Calls on the incoming trunks are routed to an ACDgroup with queue function. A number of agents can be logged onto the ACD-group to answer the queued calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 5615 Alter ACD-group number Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference See document FACILITY DESCRIPTION (486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen), TRUNK. (accessible only via RASC) Using this command an existing ACD-group can be assigned a new directory number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked assigned also to the trunk(s) used in connection with this ACD-group. 10 Jul 14:40 > Rev 99-07-15 G forward 10 Jul 14:40 6501 c/i > +15˚ CLERICAL TIME return Press Enter Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference chapter “ACD Clerical time” in 106/155 34 ASB 150 02 Uen. +15˚ ADM.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked If the agents must enter a call code after concluding the call, then the command must be set to YES. For more information see chapter “ACD Call Codes” in 106/155 34 ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ CLERTIME AND CLERKEYC 3830 backward Kontr/Checked forward xxxx c/i z return xxxx Enter directory number of ACD-group z Yes / No The default value is No (fixed clerical time can not be terminated by pressing clerical key) 2057 Follow me/Diversion to ACD group number The command defines whether follow me, direct
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-QUEUE ADMINISTRATION AND OVERFLOW CRITERIAS Definition Queue administration denotes the way incoming calls are handled by the various ACD-queues and it is based on the call priority and on 3 overflow criterias: • Overflow log-off criteria • Overflow length criteria • Overflow waiting time criteria Call priority a
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Dynamic ACD-queue length It is possible to program the system for dynamic queue length. This means that the programmed maximum queue length (see 1 below) varies with regard to the number of active agents.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Principle of queue administration Incoming external or internal calls LENGTH CRITERIA queue is full? Yes No ACD group is night switched? Yes No LOG-OFF CRITERIA active agents? No Yes WAITING TIME CRITERIA overflow time is reached? Yes No Call is q
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Capacity / Limitations 10 Jul 14:40 A caller being in an ACD queue hears his individual queue position / calculated waiting time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-GROUP NIGHT SWITCHING Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference If the agent wants to dedicate a particular key for night service(s) he can program a free name selection key (see under “Name Selection” in Facility Description).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ DAY/NIGHT ACD.GRP0.? backward yy Kontr/Checked forward 3083 yy c/i zz return ACOS value yy = 0 - 15 z indicates whether or not the extension with the specified ACOS is allowed to day/night switch the ACD-group 0. z = YES, permission to day/night switch ACD-group 0.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-VOICE ANSWER Definition Voice message before answering is a recorded information (on trunk level) supplied to the external caller. See FACILITY DESCRIPTION (523/155 34ASB 150 02 Uen) VOICE MESSAGE BEFORE ANSWERING.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Programming For programming the “common voice message” that will be played to the external caller, see FACILITY DESCRIPTION (523/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen) VOICE MESSAGE BEFORE ANSWERING. Each ACD-group can be programmed for individual queue administration.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G vv = 1 - 32 Default data = 0000 = No voice message 3803 Time between voice answers States the time after a call has been answered automatically until voice message 2 is supplied. In the interim, the caller can be provided with music.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Example 2: Voice message with calculated waiting time Voice reference 0 = “The Travel agency. You are in queue now. The estimated waiting time is about 3 minutes”.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 F ASB 150 02 Database reference 106.fm ACD-AGENT Contents 1(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page ACD-AGENT GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ACTIVE/PASSIVE MARKING OF AGENT TELEPHONE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-AGENT GENERAL Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference The two below-mentioned ACD-layouts have the following configuration: ACD-layout Definition with clerical key An agent position is an answer position equipped with an ECONOMYplus -, STANDARD - or EXECUTIVE Telephone programmed with ACD fun
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Operation 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ USE ACD KEY LAYOUT ? C 0168 xxxx Queue administration backward forward z c/i return If agents are free, an incoming call to an ACD-number will be presented to the agent who has been free the longest time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved z Kontr/Checked Enter ACD-group number (0 - 7) Step to command 0303 0303 State ring alternative Here it is stated with which ringing alternative the ACD-calls are to be presented.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACTIVE/PASSIVE MARKING OF AGENT TELEPHONE Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference The STANDARD telephone cannot be marked active unless a queue is active. The EXECUTIVE telephone can be marked active even if no ACD-groups are marked active.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Programming of ACD-Ready key Each agent must have an ACD-Ready key for active/passive marking: zz Enter function code = 29 Equipment The ECONOMYplus, STANDARD and EXECUTIVE telephones can be used as agent telephones.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F ACD-AGENT IDENTITY (PIN) Programming Definition 3821 PIN required? Personal Identity Number (PIN) is used by the agent to log-on to the ACD-system. A PIN is only useful if the system has a connected PC-based ACD Management System (such as CCS or ACD-MIS).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-AGENT INDIVIDUAL GREETING Definition Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Programming 3826 Individual greeting per agent for an ACD-group The individual greeting of an agent is the voice announcement sent to the incoming ACD-call just before this agent is connected to the call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 9(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 10 Jul 14:40 Kontr/Checked +15˚ ACD ANNO NO: xxx return xxx enter the reference number of the individual greeting announcement for the agent that has to use the same number as agent number during log-on procedure. return moves one step backward Press ENTER after entering the reference number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F ACD-AGENT LOGON PROCEDURE Definition Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference log-in via telephone PIN used 1 The log-on procedure is the set of actions needed to be carried out by the agent in order to log-on to the system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 11(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Depending on the programming of the system it is possible to log on to the ACD-system in several ways.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 12(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Press ACD-ready key; the corresponding lamp flashes slowly as an indication that the log-on procedure has started and the display shows: EXECUTIVE telephone 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ENTER PIN: _ Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Error cases: wrong PIN (in combination with ACD-MS application) Afte
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 13(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked When the agent number is entered, the ASB 15002 checks whether or not this agent number is correct.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-CALL PRIORITY Definition If an agent answers several queues, a priority between the queues may be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ANSWERING INCOMING ACD-CALLS Definition Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference NOTE: If some agents (of an ACD-group) are in idle state and another agent logs on to this ACD-group, then it is programmable whether the new agent will be the first or the last in receiving a new ACD-call (see command
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 16(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked By means of RASC it can be programmed whether or not this option will be available for all agents. If the call is not an ACD-call, nothing will happen upon pressing any of the ACD Group keys. Non-ACD calls will be terminated by pressing "Clear" or by replacing the handset.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-CLERICAL TIME Definition Clerical time is the state in which the agent terminates an ACD call until the next call can be presented to the agent. During this time the agent is blocked for new ACD calls. The agent may use this period for other purposes (e.g. making notes).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 18(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved • Kontr/Checked The light extinguishes and any queued call is presented immediately Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Capacity The clerical time counts up to a maximum of 59:55 minutes. After this time the display time is no longer updated but the agent can still be in clerical state.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 19(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 3045 Program ACD clerical backward forward C 3045 c/i F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference This command is used to specify whether or not fixed clerical time can be terminated by pressing a programmed clerical key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-PAUSE Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Capacity Not applicable. Definition Pause status is the status during which the agent is not available for receiving calls and is not logged off from the system. Use Limitation During ACD-Pause state only non-ACD calls are possible.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 21(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked yy enter the A-COS value. The value can be between 0-15. z z=Y(yes), ACD pause key can be programmed. z=N(no), ACD pause key cannot be programmed. The default value is N (No).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-HELP Definition To assist the agent in difficult situations and thus remove stress, reduce the occurrence of potential errors and enable the Call Centre to run as smoothly as possible, the agent can get help from a monitoring supervisor should, the need arise. Use A help key can be assigned to each agent telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 23(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ PROG ACD HELP ? backward Kontr/Checked C forward 3046 c/i yy zz return yy enter the A-COS value. The value can be between 0-15. z z=Y(yes), ACD help key can be programmed. z=N(no), not allowed to program ACD help key. The default value is N (No). Equipment None.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-CALL CODES Definition Call codes are codes dialled by the agent when completing an ACD-call and are sent to the external PC-based Call Centre Supervisor. The agent can also enter more than one call code for characterizing the call if required.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 25(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 2. Fixed clerical time with clerical key and call codes • Replacing the handset or pressing Clear • The lamp associated with the clerical key flashes slowly • • Press the clerical key to start the call code entering procedure Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F 3.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 26(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Call codes in connection with Call Centre Supervisor (CCS) CCS contains a list of a maximum of 100.000 free programmable call codes, and the entered code is compared with this list.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 27(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference If a timeout procedure starts, the display shows the following for a period of two seconds: Capacity EXECUTIVE telephone Up to 100.000 (0-99999) call codes can be used in conjunction with the CCS-system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 28(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Programming 3829 Number of timeouts before log-out 3822 Callcode required? This command is used to state whether or not the number of timeouts should be limited or not.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ACD-NIGHT SWITCHING In all other cases rerouting will be performed. Definition Only the extensions that have the right authorisation category (COS) for night-switching ACD-group(s) can night-switch (on/off) the corresponding ACD-group.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(30) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 106/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Limitation None. Programming See under “ACD-group night switching” in ACD-GROUP (105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen). Equipment None.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 D ASB 150 02 Database reference 107.fm ACD-SUPERVISOR Contents 1(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page ACD-SUPERVISOR GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ACD SILENT INTRUSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ACD STATISTICS . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD-SUPERVISOR GENERAL Definition A supervisor is an agent who monitors (supervises) the incoming traffic to ACD agents. A supervisor supervises also agents and assists them in difficult situations.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Capacity Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D 0302 Associated number The number of supervisors is unrestricted. The number of agents, that each supervisor telephone can monitor, is depending upon the number of programmable keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD SILENT INTRUSION Definition Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Supervisor’s telephone display The display indicates the same state as in case of normal intrusion. Agent’s telephone display The supervisor may at any time intrude an agent who is logged on.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Facility access Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Extension parameters The ACD supervisor (calling extension) needs for the commands 3004 and 3072 a „Yes“. 3004 Intrusion? This command states which A-COS (access class-ofservice) is allowed to request intrusion.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Commands for intrusion a - Trunk parameters 1007 Break-in allowed? (accessible only via RASC) This command states whether or not intrusion shall be permitted during an ongoing call. However, intrusion is never permitted for data communications.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked ACD STATISTICS Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference • Number of calls abandoned before programmed time T2 is reached • Number of calls abandoned after programmed time T2 is reached Definition ACD function offers the user three forms of statistics: • built-in statistics • Management System
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Limitation 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ NUMBER OF CALLS Not applicable. backward 3805 xxxx forward c/i zzzzz return Programming xxxx Enter the directory number of ACD-group Commands for build-in ACD-statistics zzzzz Shows total number of calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked With the help of read commands 3812 and 3813 it is possible to read how many calls were answered before and after the programmed time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked The number of calls is in respect of the time period defined with command 3701.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 107/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked To be able to print out the statistics information stored in the system the extension must possess the appropriate authorisation. This is stated by assigning the selected extension(s) a facility category where the function is open.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Database reference 108.fm ACD APPLICATIONS Contents 1(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page CALL CENTRE SUPERVISOR Standard Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 CALL CENTRE SUPERVISOR Basic Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E CALL CENTRE SUPERVISOR Standard Edition • Real-time statistics • Report generation General Real-time presentation Call Centre Supervisor Standard (CCS Standard) is an advanced monitoring and statistics processing program for ACD-applications in ASB150 02
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 • ACD-group association -> Agent groups Individual detailed information for each individual agent and trunk is obtained by selecting another window. Real-time statistics Processing in real-time is going on continuously and provides access to statistics relevant to key events in the ACD-system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • Single Line, Multi Colour (3) • Multi Line (3), Single Colour • Multi Line (3), Multi Colour (3) • Multi Line (8), Multi Colour (3) - On Screen Displays • 1 Line, 5 Colours • 3 Line, 5 Colours Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Trunk utilisation (ACD-group) This report provides deta
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 ly diverted or automatically redirected calls received by the group, is also stated. It is also possible to use more than one call code for characterizing a completed call. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E New features in CCS Standard V2.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • 1000 (0-999) Agent PIN codes • 100.000 (0-99999) different Call Codes can be stored.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • BusinessPhone Call Centre Supervisor User’s Guide • BusinessPhone Call Centre Supervisor Installation Guide (for CCS Sandard and CCS Basic) • BusinessPhone Call Centre Supervisor - Quick Reference Guide There are separate User’s Guides for V1.x and V2.x.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 CALL CENTRE SUPERVISOR Basic Edition (V1.x) General Call Centre Supervisor Basic (CCS Basic) is a stripped-down version of CCS Standard. The CCS Basic system provides basic real-time statistics and historical reporting for evaluation of ACD data.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E • queue messages and message-timing parameters Programming • set agent passive parameters See START OF OPERATION 2/1537-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • One parallel port for the adaptation unit and system printer • SVGA graphics card with minimum 1 MB of memory and minimum resolution of 800x600 • 15 inch SVGA non-interlaced colour monitor • MS-DOS 6.0 or higher and Windows 3.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 FEATURE COMPARISON OF CCS Standard with CCS Basic Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Information displayed CCS Standard CCS Basic calls answered yes yes General Service Level Percentage yes yes This chapter shall give an overview about the features supported by CCS Standard and by CC
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Information displayed CCS Standard CCS Basic Longest Wait Time yes no Histograms for average queue, average ring, average clerical time, average call time, average wait, and average agent yes no Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Information displayed CCS Standard CCS Basic Current
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Reports Agent Reports Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E CCS Standard CCS Basic Standard Summary Period Agent ACD Activity yes yes no no Agent ACD Queue Performance yes no no no Agent Call Code Activity yes yes no yes Agent Completed Call Details yes no no yes Agent ab
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 14(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 5. WALLBOARD SUPPORT The CCS Standard supports wall boards and has the necessary user interfaces for Wall Board messaging. The CCS Basic does not support Wallboards. 6.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E CALL CENTRE ASSISTANT (CCA) General Call Centre Assistant (CCA) is a client/server application providing advanced call management, call centre statistics, screen pop of customer data and abandoned queued calls lists to call centre agents and supervisors.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Operation General The CCA application is essentially a graphical user interface desktop application. CCA has a client/server architecture, where individual agent desktops communicate with a central server over a LAN or WAN.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Description of components: BusinessLink : The BusinessLink which resides in a Windows NT machine provides call control and enhanced ACD functionality between the CCA desktop application and BP250.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Structure of CCA application (desktop) The features of CCA desktop application are divided into two general categories: • • Call Control features (Call Window) allows to control the desktop telephone via a computer interface, including making, answering, holding, conferencing and transferring calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • desktop messaging • view abandoned callers list • desktop menu For an agent/supervisor having fewer privileges the Desktop Toolbar is limited.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 which opens the Event Manager dialog box from which you can configure the DDE interface, will be available on the Desktop menu. Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E where internal as well as external telephone numbers are available.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(21) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 108/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 System Telephone Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E are also running on the same PC, a higher grade machine will be required.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 110/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 110.fm ALARM FUNCTION Definition The alarm function includes the possibility to send an alarm initiated by a telephone or an external alarm device to a programmed alarm centre.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 110/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C If there are no more alarms, the lamp will change to steady light. If there exists at least one more alarm, the fast flashing will continue. No alarms exist The user can press the alarm key again and the next alarm will be presented.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 110/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 2 different solutions are available: Reset of the actual alarm Solution 1 The reset of the active alarm is only possible by dialling *54# on the telephone, from which the alarm has been activated. If the Alarm button IS NOT located next to the telephone ( e.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 110/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Programming 3074 Read alarm 0101 Facility category (A-category) This command has to be set to YES for the Alarm center telephone. To be set to YES for the facility COS where the alarm centre is located.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 110/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 A digital telephone DBC 210, DBC 211, DBC 212, DBC 213 or DBC 214 is necessary.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Database reference 111.fm ANALOGUE TELEPHONE Definition Analogue telephone denotes the connection of a standard telephone with rotary dial or Dual Tone Multi Frequency (DTMF) signalling.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Operation Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 3 Last number redial / Pause key a.) Redials last number dialled b.) Inserts a pause if you have to wait for dial tone. 4 R-key Used e.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Analogue Medium Telephone, Dialog 3145 • Switchable DTMF signalling/decadic pulsing • Last number redial • Temporary switch to DTMF signalling • Tone ringer • Switchable R function, earth/time break • Volume control • Mute button for handset microphone • 4-hour memory retention without ba
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Capacity The number of analogue connections is limited by the number of connected ELU-A boards and the maximum extension capacity (200). Each ELU-A board offers 16 connection options. Each ELU-A board has four DTMF-receivers and one ring generator.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C The following commands are only accessable via RASC: Transmission Characteristics: 0143 Line break time 2025 Nominal impedance analog extension It is possible to define a break of the loop on analogue lines.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 111/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 0140 Transmission group This command is used to state in which transmission group of the transmission matrix the extension should be included.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 112/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 112.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 112/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Limitations Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Following commands are only accessable via RASC: If the trunk has no programmed answering position an incoming call will be signalled only on those external line keys that have been programmed for the trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 112/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 1017 Rerouting on incomplete number from superior exchange The command is used for direct in-dialing and private trunks for rerouting incoming calls to the rerouting position, if an inadequate number of digits has been received from a superior exchange.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 113/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 113.fm AUTHORISATION CODE Definition Authorisation code denotes a personal code that can be used to raise or reduce an extension user's categorisation level.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 113/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B To cancel blocking of one’s own extension telephone The user can now make the external call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 113/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 2019-2022 Facility categories for authority code EXECUTIVE telephone 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ On activation of authorisation code the extension is assigned other preprogrammed categories (classes of service) that are determined via commands 20192022.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 114.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 • common mail box directory numbers or individual mail box directory numbers.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 3(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C AA-feature analyses also the validity of the received digits. If these do not result in a complete directory number, or this directory number does not exist, the caller will hear a voice announcement indicating the error case.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Capacity Example 2 The following chart refers to a single AA-structure. In this example the selections list has been programmed to wait for a complete directory number. The caller will be prompted to enter the directory number of the desired extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Programming The AA-feature is fully programmable by the customer in terms of settling the structure of AAs. The procedure starts with creating the Automated Attendant facility. It can be accessed only via RASC.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 8703 - 8712 Digit 0 (- 9) related dir no According to the current structure of Automated Attendant-network, you can specify the addressing of these commands.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C RECORD VOICE MENUS 10 Jul 14:40 You can record voice menus and announcements for error cases from an Executive telephone or from the Operator console.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M. Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 115/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 D ASB 150 02 Database reference 115.fm AUTOMATIC CALLBACK BUSY/FREE EXTENSION Extensions equipped with EXECUTIVE Telephone may press the menu key call-back.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 115/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Capacity Prerequisites for callback A maximum of 25 monitoring orders can be stored in the system. • Attempt to order callback to own directory number is rejected. Calling party continues to receive busy tone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 115/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 0177 Initiate call back to CN ? The command defines if an extension is allowed to request a call back from an extension within the corporate network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 116/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-26 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 116.fm AUTOMATIC CALLBACK TRUNK/ROUTE Operation To order Definition An extension that, on a call to an individual trunk or route, encounters busy can order automatic callback.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 116/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Limitations Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 3302 Callback allowed ? • Each extension can only set up one monitoring task to a trunk or route. However an extension can set up several internal monitoring tasks that run concurrently with the external one.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBx/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 120/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 120.fm BACKGROUND MUSIC or • Press programmed key Definition The lamp for Line 1 is seized during the key sequence but is disconnected immediately thereafter.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 120/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Limitations Background music does not seize (occupy) any traffic function key. When an incoming call is presented or on initiation of a call, background music will be disconnected automatically. Background music returns immediately when the telephone has returned to idle state.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 120/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 However, references to previous numbers will remain. These references are deleted or substituted by the new number. If no number is indicated, an error message will be displayed, since the directory number is the only identity of the music channel, and therefore must not be deleted.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 120/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 music-on-hold this can be connected to the audio-input on the CPU-D_ board. Please note that Background music does not work on the subequiped version of the BTU-A_.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBx/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 121/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 121.fm BYPASS CALL DIVERSION AND FOLLOW ME Definition If an extension has activated call diversion or follow me, you can bypass call forwarding by dialling a specific code.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 121/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming Extension 201 Extension 202 calls extension 202 by dialling "*60*202#" has activated call diversion to ext.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 140.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Dialled access code Cost state 4 digit field containing the dialled route access number of the trunk lines (0-9999). One character for cost state information with following values: The ‘cost of the call’ is calculeted internally by ASB15002.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming 6301 Log outgoing calls ? Following commands are only accessable via RASC: This command is used to deterime whether outgoing external calls are to be logged or not.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 6332 Log minimum costs 6203 Block log output This command can be utilised if it is desired to log outgoing calls, but exclude those calls that have incurrent "few" costs. The command is used when a temporary stop of logged call data is desired.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 - 9 = Connection to computer with standard hotel line protocol. The PABX is master, the hotel computer is slave. - 10 =Connection to computer with line protocol type 3. - 11 =Operation and maintenance centre (O&M centre) with RASC and MIS - 12 =Connection to computer with line protocol type 2.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 6401 Initiate I/O port 6402 Activate I/O port This command is used to determine which line position(s) is (are) used for the communication channel(s). The stated line position shall be equipped with one board with V.24-interface ( AUX or CPU-D ).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 FORMAT FOR OUTPUT 6403 Format table Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 37 Hotel data according to CILHOTEL and CIL2HOTEL format 38 Hotel data according to CILHOTEL and CIL3HOTEL format 39-59 Reserve This command is used to determine the format of the data in the data record, so that it suits
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 140/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D ALARM FUNCTIONS AT OUTPUT 6406 Automatic I/O activation 6405 I/O time supervision The command is used to determine the time for automatic activation of output on a fault-marked external communication channel.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 141.fm CALL METERING DEFINITION Information on caller Callers may be extensions, trunk lines and tie lines that bring about costs through access to chargeable trunk lines.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 OPERATION Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Activate and deactivate The indication of the call information may be activated or deactivated with the following function code. Reception of metering information Metering information may be received by analogue and digital trunks.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 group a printer is necessary because all counters are printed before reset. Operation: • Press function key "Meter" at the operator console hone before transferring the trunk line to the extension. After termination of the ordered call the operator receives a recall.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Display of costs to others 14. Apr. 12.20 • Press menu key "other“. COST 200: • Enter the password for call metering and confirm the input with menu key F1 "activate“. next The display shows the type of meters that can be selected. • ATS print 123.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 14. Apr. 12.31 ENTER DIRECTORY NUMBER: PRINT IS READY print reset return Leave the field for directory number blank and press the menu key "print“ return • Check the printout before confirming reset with menu key "return“. • Press function key C (Clear) to abort the reset procedure.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 6(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Printout information Example of a printout Call Metering Information Date: 97 10 31 Time: 19:26 Space for freely programmable lines. Here you may insert four freely programmable lines. Each line can have up to 50 characters.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D The printout contains the following information: System check Call Metering Information The system check locates all counters that are not assigned to a valid directory number after change of directory number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Counter overflow CAPACITY The counter value indication for costs and callmetering pulses is continuously supervised. If the limit is reached or if an overflow occurs, the user receives an alarm. Conversion factor The flashing alarm key indicates the alarm.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 In case of a high counter value indication, the cost unit is redefined, so that the number of characters does not exceed the available characters on the display and printout. (The following table uses "ATS“ as abbreviation for a local currency.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D LIMITATIONS PROGRAMMING Change of directory numbers Date and time The cost counters have to be cancelled before directory numbers of extensions, trunks or tie lines are changed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 6103 Set hour minute second 1501 Initiation of call meters 14. Apr. 12.20 SET HOUR MIN. SEC. backward 6103 forward > return Press Enter This command defines the call-metering tariff number for the specified trunk. 6104 12h mode, display You may enter the time in 12- or 24-hour-mode.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 1614 Call meter (CML) receiver level The following commands are accessable via RASC and the telephone: The command is valid for call meter receiver CM 12/16 (with CML circuit ROA 219 5135/1).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 This command determines the limit of the cost counters. An alarm informs the user when the limit is reached. The determination of the limit guarantees the cost counters' accuracy. For calculation of the limit, see section "Capacity“, chapter "Cost counter“. 14. Apr. 12.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Press Enter 8401 Internal access code 14. Apr. 12.20 This command is only used for Least Cost Routing. In case of call metering set the carrier to "0".
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 3078 Reset other meter? 14. Apr. 12.20 READ OWN METER? backward Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D forward 3075 xx c/i z return COS to cancel other cost counters. 14. Apr. 12.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 15 Apr 14:40 0151 Tenant group +15˚ METER INFO ALLOWED? backward forward Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D xxxx c/i z return This command states the Tenant Group of the extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Alarm key Settings for printout format To receive information on alarms, program a name selection key by means of code * 91 #. See "NAME SELECTION“, document 360/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(18) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 141/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D EQUIPMENT FECU Call meter receiver Multiple tariff handling is protected by the FECU.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 142/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 98-01-26 B ASB 150 02 Database reference 142.fm CALL PICK-UP COMMON Definition Common call pick-up function means that calls to a common directory number can be signalled on all or a group of extension telephones.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 142/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Programming 1101 - 1104 Programming of answer position for trunks This command is only accessable via RASC: To obtain a common call pick-up function those trunks that are to be answered shall be assigned a fictive directory number as answer position.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 142/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 0302 Program directory number 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ASSOCIATED NUMBER backward zzzz forward 0302 xxxx yy c/i zzzz return Enter fictive directory number that is to be intercepted. Step to command 0303.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 143/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 143.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 143/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Programming Following commands are only accessable via RASC: 5405 Create pick up code Following commands are accessable via RASC and the Telephone: 4201 State members in group Extensions that are to be members of the group need to be programmed accordingly.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 144/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 144.fm CALL PICK-UP INDIVIDUAL Operation All types of telephone Definition The possibility to answer an internal or external ringing call from any telephone (extension).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 144/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Capacity Not applicable. Limitations Only calls that ring at the extension (Line 1 and Line 2) can be picked up. On answer no authorisation check is made in the traffic group matrix. This means that the user can pick up any call even those that are normally blocked and not throughconnected.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 145/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 145.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 145/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Limitations Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B The following command is only accessable via RASC: Camp-on takes place only to a busy extension. If the extension is free on Line 2 any new call will always be presented on this line.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(1) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 146/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 146.fm CAMP ON - INCOMING EXTERNAL TRAFFIC Capacity Definition The calls are queued in the order of arrival.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 147/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 147.fm CAMP ON - INQUIRY Definition An extension who, on inquiry, encounters busy tone, can camp the latest individually parked party on to the busy extension, via a transfer request.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 147/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Programming 0108 Camp on allowed An extension can be programmed individually to prevent camp on to the extension 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ CAMP-ON ALLOWED ? backward forward 0108 xxxx c/i z return xxxx Enter extension's directory number z Enter relevant function: Y = Yes (default data).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 148/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 148.fm CAMP ON - INTERNAL CALLS STANDARD Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Definition JOHNSON A +15˚ 203 W The possibility, to make a busy internal extension aware that a call is waiting.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 148/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Capacity All extensions have access to this facility. Limitations Several internal calls can be camped on to an individual extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP S. Caushi SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 149.fm CATEGORISATION Definition Facility accessibility (A-category) Extensions and trunks are assigned 1 of 16 programmable categories.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Category for Trunk Call Discrimination (TCD-category) Programming Each extension can be assigned: All categories can be programmed per extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 3001 - 3091 Programming of facility category list Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A COMMAND NO. DEFAULT DATA All facilities in the list are gathered in command group 30. 3013 N Voice paging group 7 ? Each function can be opened for categories 00 - 15.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A COMMAND NO. DEFAULT DATA FACILITY COMMAND NO.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A In certain situations the traffic group control is overridden. To prevent this from happening the following commands are available: COMMAND NO.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 2342 Traffic check at call pick up This command states how the traffic group check should be executed for - individual call pickup - group call pickup - common call pickup Alternatives: • 0= Always allowed, no traffic group control.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 150/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 150.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 150/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Capacity Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Press Enter The time can be displayed in both the 24- and 12-hour modes. The diary takes into consideration the different number of days per month as well as leap years.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP S.Caushi SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 151/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 151.fm COMMON BELL Definition Common bell facility gives to all extensions the possibility to pick up the call from an extension that has been predefined as a common bell extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 151/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Programming 1103 Reroute position at day Following commands are only accessable via RASC: The command is used to determine the rerouting position of the trunk in a day-switched exchange. To this position unanswered external calls i.e.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 D ASB 150 02 Database reference 152.fm COMPUTER TELEPHONY INTEGRATION (CTI) BusinessLink - General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BusinessLink for Novell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference BusinessLink - General running on the Telephony Server (Windows NT machine). The BusinessLink (CTI-link) integrates PBX functionality with a computer environment. This can be any single stand alone PC or Netware environment.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference BusinessLink for Novell ASB 150 02 Definition The BusinessLink for Novell (BL Novell) integrates PBX functionality with computer environment in a Novell network. The TSAPI clients will communicate with the PBX over a Telephony Server.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked or MIS for ACD applications. This allows the physical link V.24 to be used by different applications (up to 15). Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference requests from the ASB 150 02 to deactivate the logical link. Port address This is used to store the V.24 port address.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked REPORTS The Reports are in fact real time reports of activity that is on-going at a certain device (physical or logical one). Several reports will be generated for extensions activity, trunks activity and ACD activity.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved • Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ACD-agent update events REQUESTS A lot of requests circulate between ASB 150 02 and the connected PC for initiating different functions or services on extensions. The following table shows all requests sent by a PC and supported in ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Request Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Description Notes Snapshot device Request a snapshot device A device can be: 1.logical - e.g ACD group, or 2.physical - e.g. extension, trunk etc.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved cc Kontr/Checked Type of unit; the value must be 00-12, default value is 3 (printer type). Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 0= The stated board will not permit local V.24 connection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved y Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D 0: PBX is master 1: PBX is slave Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 10 Jul 14:40 For the current case (CTI usage) the command must be set to “1” meaning that PABX is used as slave.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference System Telephone Documentation All telephones of the Dialog 3000 series may be used in combination with CTI. The Programmer’s Guide provides the TSAPI programmer with specific information about the CSTA interface of the ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D BusinessLink for Windows NT Version1.1 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 CPU-D_ Definition V.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked • Calls pending in the queue and waiting for a free ACD agent. • Disconnection of a call. • Change of the directory number of the monitored ACD group.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked For a detailed description of all call states and events please refer to the product documentation (BusinessPhone BusinessLink for Windows NT Programmer's Guide).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 10 Jul 14:40 aabb Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 10 Jul 14:40 6007 forward aabb c/i c +15˚ BAUDRATE LOCAL return Line position c Datum/Date +15˚ CHARACTERSET LOCAL backward Kontr/Checked backward aabb 6009 forward aabb c/i c return Line position aa = board position aa = board position bb = in
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Equipment 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ AUTOSELECT LOCAL backward aabb 6011 forward aabb c/i c return Line position Security Unit aa = board position bb = individual number on board, shall be 00-02 (depending on the CPU-D_ or AUX_ board used).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(16) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 152/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Server PC: • Pentium 133 MHz processor • 32 MB RAM and a minimum of 245 MB hard disk space. • one working and free RS232 port, with a UART 16550 chip or better • Ethernet LAN card • installed Microsoft Windows NT Workstation or Server, version 4.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP C. Bertsch SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 153/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 B ASB 150 02 Database reference 153.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 153/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference the call. When such a number is found, the exchange transfers the call to this destination. greeting, an instructing and an error announcement; each with its own directory number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 153/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked It is also possible to change/edit the information in the “name”- field. The information here can consist up to 35 characters. 8730 Greeting announcement reference In this command you must specify the reference number of the greeting announcement in the CTI Groups facility.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 153/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 B 4426 Recording of CTI Group voice prompts Equipment (accessible only via telephone set) FECU Via this command you can record / play / erase voice menus/announcements for the CTI Groups facility.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 154/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 154.fm CONFERENCE Definition Conference means that three or more internal or external parties can participate in a call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 154/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Throughout conference, the display shows: Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Capacity EXECUTIVE telephone Up to six participants, internal and external, can participate in a conference. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ CONFERENCE SPEECH The number of external participants is selectable via programming.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 154/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 None. The maximum number of trunk lines must be programmed. Initial data = 1. 4903 Number of PE-lines The maximum number of lines to a public exchange must be stated.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 155.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 155/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Called number is vacant (unassigned) Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A STANDARD telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Tone message Vacant tone The extension can: • Terminate call Display message The display shows "UNKNOWN" or "NU" (Number unobtainable), that is the number is vacant.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 156/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 156.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 156/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 System configuration data may be easily uploaded to and downloaded from the BusinessPhone system and several BusinessPhone systems may be configured from a single BusinessPhone Configuration Manager workstation.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 170/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 170.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 170/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1804 DDI number translation The command is used to determinate an individual DDI number translation for a trunk. The number value refers to the system defined individual DDI number translation tables ’DDI1’ and/or ’DDI2’.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 160/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 160.fm DELAYED AUTOMATIC ANSWER Capacity Following facilities are effected from this feature: • AA (= Automated Attendant ), see document 114/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 160/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Programming This command is programmable only via RASC 2110 Delayed automatic answer This command states the minimum delay time for an external call when the call is automatically answered by a voice announcement.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP C. Bertsch SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 161/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 97-10-31 C ASB 150 02 Database reference 161.fm DESKTOP MANAGER Definition Desktop Manager is a real-time personal efficiency package that handles incoming and outgoing calls within the personal computer’s Windows environment.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 161/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Summary • Line 1, Line 2 and Inquiry buttons • 50 programmable speed-dialling buttons • 18 programmable feature buttons with integration to ASB 150 02 for feature setup from the PC • 5 program launcher buttons • On-screen keypad with number display wind
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 161/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference the gap between one call and the next so that the staff can make notes before carrying on with the next call. The scheduler can be paused at any time. The user is always in control of the technology.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 161/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Connection to the ASB 150 02 Some hardware is required for connection of the Desktop Manager to the ASB 1500 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 162/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-26 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 162.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 162/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-26 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Individual blocking of DID calls Programming You can block extensions individually to receive DID calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 163/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 163.fm DIRECTORY NUMBERS Programming Definition On initiation of the system extensions and trunks are assigned directory numbers automatically.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 163/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 5603 Change an extension's line position For other directory number changes see the following functions: Is used when two extensions are to change position and retain their directory numbers as well as all programmed categories and functions 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ SWAP EXTENSION NO backward > forw
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 163/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 5813 5901 To read directory number/facility Show short no. series 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ SHOW TOTAL SURVEY 5801 > 10 Jul 14:40 backward Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C forward pf_3 return +15˚ DIR.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 163/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Menu keys: Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 37 = OPERATOR’s Console (DBC 214) 38 = BASIC (DBC 210) backward Step to previous page forward Step to next page pf_3 Erases a shown error message return returns to previous display image 65 = Trunk 67 = DID-trunk f..
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Database reference 164.fm DISA WITH PASSWORD CONTROL Definition DISA (=Direct inward system access) with Password Control means that an external caller can dial via DTMF to a defined directory number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Operation After the external caller has dialled the DISA-directory number he receives back a voice prompt from the system. Via DTMF tones he has to enter his extension number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Note: This procedure is described with the operator as exit position Start Y N Receive extension number "Welcome to the Ericsson DISA system." Greeting Voice prompt "Please enter the desired extension or press * to be connected to the operator.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D continue continue "To classify the call, enter the account code and confirm it with # or when you want to continue without Voice prompt classifying press # immediately.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 5(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 continue Receive number unobtainable tone from public net Timeout from public net N Receive digits Y Disconnection Send blocked tone to the caller N The dialled number is allowed in the TCD Y Receive busy tone from public net Y The external number is busy N Receive ring tone from public
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Capacity The number of external calls served by the DISAfunction depends on the free resources of VMU-HD/ MFU-voice-channels and free DTMF-receivers in the system. All extensions and the operator can be programmed to use the DISA-function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming 7801 Register reservation Commands executable only via RASC 5425 Create DISA with password With this command it is possible to reserve each RSUgroup (Register Signalling Unit) for one register signalling application.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 This command is only executable via the telephone set. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D "When you hear the internal dial tone, dial the trunk access code and the desired external number" 4 4423 DISA voice prompts Wrong identify "The desired extension does not exist.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(9) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 164/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 0101 Facility COS 0104 TCD-NIGHT COS Assign the extension number using the DISA-function to the correct COS. Assign the extension number using the DISA-function to the correct TCD-Night.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 165.fm DIVERSION DIRECT For more information regarding Corporate Networking, see NETWORKING, document 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 activated.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E BASIC Telephones Call to party with ongoing diversion The caller receives the following display information: To order diversion EXECUTIVE Telephone SMITH JOHN 81002004 JOHNSON ANDREW 81202001 FREE • Lift handset, wait for dial tone • Press programmabl
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Fictive Numbers Programming To order/cancel diversion 0109 Direct diversion? Programmable via RASC, see FICTIVE NUMBER, document 201/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. This command represents the actual state of the diversion key on the instrument.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 0112 Diversion address diversion for incoming external calls", will NOT be affected via this command. The answering position must be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 0172 Diversion on not available internal 0176 Call diversion to a CN number allowed ? This command is used to activate diversion on not available for internal calls. Diversion on not available could be a result of a not attainable cordless.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(7) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 165/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 See the following documents for more information concerning the specific topic: ACD group general Doc.no.: 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Diversion on Busy Doc.no.: 166/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Diversion on No Reply Doc.no.: 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Follow me Doc.no.: 202/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 166/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 D ASB 150 02 Database reference 166.fm DIVERSION ON BUSY For more information regarding Corporate Networking, see NETWORKING, document 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 166/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Receiving party Programming The divertee position receives the following display image with caller on the second row and the party from whom diversion takes place on the top row First it must be programmed, what kind of incoming calls should be diverted (inco
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 166/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 0112 State divertee position 2084 Type of network call handling For each extension that is to have access to the diversion facility it is necessary to program a divertee position.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 D ASB 150 02 Database reference 167.fm DIVERSION ON NO REPLY For more information regarding Corporate Networking, see NETWORKING, document 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference External diversion Indication at caller As an external abbreviated number can be assigned as divertee position a call can be connected to an optional public network subscriber.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Capacity Programming A divertee position can be programmed for each extension. This divertee position is common with those positions that have been programmed for other diversion functions.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 0112 State divertee position 2084 Type of network call handling A divertee position can be programmed for each extension. The command defines whether network call shall be handled as internal or external (tie line) calls with corresponding categories.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked 0120 Time 2 Is the time that a call is signalled to the called number before diversion is activated. Time 2 is the time before diversion is activated for all subsequent calls unless the telephone is utilised in the interim. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ DIV.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 168/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 168.fm DOORPHONE Definition A doorphone is a unit that is located at the entrance, and which is used to call one or more ASB 150 02 extensions.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 168/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Programming enter door-speaker’s directory number z defines whether or not the specified extension will be connected to Music on hold, while being in park status.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 168/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Equipment 0143 Line break time This command is used to define the line break interval for the door-speaker extension that is an analog extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 169/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 169.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 169/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 2009 Tone time per digit for DTMF-signalling 2610 Number of DTMF Determines the tone time per digit in milliseconds. This command determines the number of DTMFs to be 12 or 16. If the number of DTMFs is 16, the maximum number of tone fragments is 15.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 180/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 180.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 180/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 ISDN trunk line Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C EXECUTIVE Telephone The display shows the dialled external number and also the call status message in the same way as it is used for internal calls. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ 56.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 180/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Old telephones: +15˚ EXTERNAL • BASIC DBC 199 = 0 • ECONOMY DBC 601 = 0 • ECONOMY DBC 751 = 0 • STANDARD DBC 631 =10 • STANDARD DBC 755 =10 • EXECUTIVE DBC 662 =30 • EXECUTIVE DBC 753 =30 705 SPEEC
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 180/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 0302 State directory number 3065 Parking for common access The selected key shall be programmed for the trunk that has been selected.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(1) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 200/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-26 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 200.fm FAULT INDICATION Capacity Definition This feature can be activated on all digital system telephone sets with programmable function keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 203/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 203.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 203/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Programming This command can only be accessed via RASC: trunk facilities 1 reroute position at day not valid for fax extensions * 2 reroute position at night not valid for fax extensions * 3 common voice announcement at day not valid for fax extensions *
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 201/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 201.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 201/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 5612 Alter fictive number series With this command it is possible to change the directory number of a fictive directory number. If you want to change the number to a new number that is in conflict with the old number, this cannot be done directly.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Nussbaumer SEA/EBBAE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 202/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 98-11-03 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D FOLLOW ME Operation Definition To order/cancel from all types of telephone Follow me means that calls to an extension's own number can be diverted to another extension or to the OPERATOR.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 202/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-11-03 To order/cancel from system telephones Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Limitations Rules for follow me/repeated interception.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 202/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-11-03 Unaffected traffic functions Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 0113 Programm follow-me address Only calls that are directed to the extension's directory number are affected by follow me.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 202/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-11-03 Diversion on Busy Doc.no.: 166/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Diversion on No Reply Doc.no.: 167/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. ACD group general Doc.no.: 105/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Equipment None.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 220/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 220.fm GROUP (PBX)-HUNTING group members. Only extension numbers are allowed to be members of a group with parallel distribution.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 220/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 All group members are busy If all group members are busy, an internal caller will receive busy tone, however he/she has the possibility to initiate camp-on on the busy group.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 220/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Several incoming calls nearly at the same time A hunting group can present only one incoming call to its member during parallel distribution. The next incoming call can not be presented before the first call will be answered.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 220/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Limitations • If a group member is already busy with a hunt call, then it is not possible to present more group hunting calls on her/his telephone. • During the presentation of a group hunting call, the respective extension will be busy for another incoming or outgoing call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 220/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 The following commands are accessible via RASC and System telephones Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 3401 is not possible from an instrument - only scrolling through the list is allowed to do.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 240/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-30 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 240.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 240/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-30 Programming 0116 Programming of hot line To establish the hot line function from an extension it is necessary to program the relevant directory number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Doc respons/Approved 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Checked SEA/EBBMP Date Rev. File reference 99-07-15 E ASB 150 02 Database reference 241.fm HOTEL FACILITIES Contents 1(31) Document no. Page HOTEL GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GUEST-ROOM FACILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BLOCKING ROOM-TO-ROOM DIALLING AND DID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 2(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference HOTEL GENERAL Hotel Computer Definition A hotel computer can be used to render various administrative functions in a hotel more effective. ASB 150 02 can be utilised as a communication system for hotels. In the hotel version of ASB 150 02 it is possible to connect a PC-based peripheral hotel computer.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 3(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference GUEST-ROOM FACILITIES Diversion on busy Definition If diversion on busy is configured for a guest-room telephone, all incoming calls to the busy guestroom will be diverted to a defined divertee position (e.g. reception) Guest-room facilities are those facilities that can be activated from a guest-room telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 4(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 5(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked only take place for incoming external calls. The internal callers will encounter busy and may activate automatic call back. Diversion on no reply It is possible to distinguish between different cases for diversion on no reply depending on whether it is an incoming external or internal call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 6(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 7(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked The figure below shows the position of the three keys, on the BASIC Telephone, DBC 210: Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 8(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference The figure below shows the position of the keys on the BASIC telephone, DBC 199: Programming of "Bypass the do not disturb function" Key P can be programmed and corresponds to KEY A ( = "City" ) on the BASIC / ECONOMYplus / STANDARD Telephone. See BYPASS CALL DIVERSION AND FOLLOW ME, document 121/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 9(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved z Checked Enter relevant function: Y = Yes. N = No (default data) Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference 8004 Hotel answering position It is possible to program, for example, the operator as answering position for diverted guest-room calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 10(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked BLOCKING ROOM-TO-ROOM DIALLING AND DID Date Rev. 99-07-15 E The function can also be activated with the help of a programmed key. The display shows: 10 Jul 14:40 Definition The function allowes controlling for individual guest rooms as well as for all guest rooms.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 11(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Blocking room-to-room and DID calls in the whole system 10 Jul 14:40 Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference Programming 8004 Hotel answering position +15˚ SYSTEM LEVEL RTR block DID block clear return RTR open DID open clear return It is possible to program, for example, the operator as answering position for diverted guest-room calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 12(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference 8021 RTR/DID time bar. status 0163 RTR from extension enabled? This command states if RTR, DID or both types should be (de)activated at the programmed time. This command states whether or not the extension should be able to make room-to-room-calls. The command shows always the actual setting done by the procedure *34#.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 13(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Equipment Service extensions and Reception require an EXECUTIVE telephone or/and a special PC - program. Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 14(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference MESSAGE FACILITY Operation Definition Message facility with a VMU-D board Message Facility means that internal and external callers can leave messages in ASB 150 02. STANDARD -, ECONOMYplus - and BASIC telephone A flashing lamp on system telephones indicates that a message is waiting.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 15(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference Capacity Programming There is no limit to the number of messages that an extension can send or receive. Message facility with a VMU-D board The total number of messages in the system can amount to a maximum of 1000. The number of voice messages is also limited by the available capacity on the VMU-D/VMU-HD/MFU board.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 16(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference RECEPTION EXTENSION 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ 203 Definition vacant A reception extension is used to check guests in and out. barred cleaned return Press menu key vacant and the menu text changes to occupied.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 17(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference Options during a check-in procedure 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ LANGUAGE? _ back clear return During the check-in procedure the user may select menu options. back The check-in procedure is finished. The entered check-in data is stored and the system is prepared for another check-in.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 18(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Press # Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference To open and block guest-room telephones 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ JOHNSON ANDREW check-out 203 ATS 1234.00 clear back The display shows the accumulated cost. "ATS" is an example for a currency identifier.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 19(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Limitations Only one extension at a time can influence data for a certain guest-room. Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference The command is set for extensions, that are to be able to order WAKE-UP on behalf of the guests, e.g. the Receptionist.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 20(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Equipment The function requires an EXECUTIVE telephone or OPERATOR console. Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 21(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked ROOM STATUS Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference To order from Reception From Reception room, status is altered by pressing the CHECK-IN key and dialling the room number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 22(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Programming 3060 Room status view? 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ROOM STATUS VIEW ? backward forward 3060 c/i xx z return xx State required ACOS (0 - 15) z Enter required function. Y = Permitted to read rooms status. N = Not permitted to read room status. Default data = N 8001 Room status change The time can be stated per hour.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 23(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked SERVICE EXTENSION Definition Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference Individual service quarter An incoming call to the service quarter is presented by the lamp of the answer key flashing rapidly. The call is answered by pressing the key. A service extension is an administration extension in a hotel system that has a special service function, e.g. room service, restaurant.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 24(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked The common answering position can provide an appropriate answer to calling guests because the ordinary answering positions are represented by different answer keys. If the ordinary answering position has diverted its calls to the common answering position, information to this effect is obtained directly in conjunction with the call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 25(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference WAKE-UP FACILITY Operation Definition Functions from guest-room telephone WAKE-UP facility denotes a facility in a hotel system. (If the guest telephone has no display, the user will get voice prompts.) The facility is used to order, read and activate a WAKE-UP time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 26(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference If no voice memory board exists, verification tone will be supplied. Wake up has been ordered from the receptionist telephone To verify WAKE-UP times: If the wake up has been ordered by the receptionist telephone, it is neither possible for the guest to alter non to cancel the wake up order.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 27(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ GUEST ROOM NUMBER? Date Rev. 99-07-15 E 10 Jul 14:40 _ File reference +15˚ WAKE-UP TIME 0730 clear ADMIN ANSWER 0732 clear return System is ready for a new wake-up order. WAKE-UP time ordered and erased.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 28(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Date Rev. 99-07-15 E File reference When the ordered wake-up time is shown, the user may press - key to erase the time. Programming Press # to enter. Two commands in the facility category list are used to determine who shall have the possibility to order WAKE-UP. The display shows: 10 Jul 14:40 See also CATEGORISATION, document 149/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 29(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked Ring sequence on activation of WAKE-UP It is possible to determine how many attempts at ringing may be made to the guest-room telephone before diversion ensues. Date Rev. 99-07-15 E 8004 Hotel answering position Here it is stated where an unanswered WAKE-UP call shall be diverted, e.g. to the operator or Reception.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 30(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked 4401 Recording of WAKE-UP acknowledgement and WAKE-UP message Date Rev. 99-07-15 E 4701 Voice answer for voice answer number The WAKE-UP acknowledgment and WAKE-UP message must be recorded in the selected languages. The created voice answer numbers are to be associated to the recorded voice messages.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Prepared 31(31) Document no. Subject responsible 241/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Doc respons/Approved Checked zzzz Enter directory number for voice answer. Repeat procedure for languages 2 and 3 8009 - 8011 Enter texts to be used as language references Enter the abbreviations for languages that are used on check-in. Date Rev.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 260/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 260.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 260/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Limitations Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B 0301 Define key for immediate answer Only internal calls, via Line 1 and intercom line, are presented for immediate answer. To obtain immediate answer it is necessary to program a programmable key for this function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 261/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 261.fm INCOMING CALLS VIA LINE 1 OR LINE 2 Definition Call to a system telephone's directory number from another extension or a public network subscriber.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 261/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 STANDARD telephone 10 Jul 14:40 EXTERNAL Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Disconnection of call in handset mode • +15˚ 702 C Replace handset. Line 1 - or Line 2 lamp extinguishes An ongoing call can always be disconnected by pressing the Clear key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 261/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A BASIC - and ANALOGUE telephones Capacity Calls Only one call at a time may initiate ring signals to the extension's directory number. A call is presented by repeated internal or external ring signals.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 261/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Programming 0101 Facility COS 2080 Free on 2nd access Y/N ? This command states which facility the extension belongs to. The facility category controls the number of fac8ilities the extension has access to.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 262/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 262.fm INCOMING EXTERNAL CALLS Definition Incoming external traffic denotes traffic from the public exchange or other exchange to an extension via a trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 262/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Key-system Capacity Using a key-system it is possible to answer calls to a certain trunk from any extension. The number of incoming trunks is limited by the number of voice (speech) channels (60).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 262/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Programming None. On system start all trunks are directed to directory number 200.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 263.fm INFORMATION Information is normally supplied to internal callers, but the system can also be programmed to enable external callers to receive voice information.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Preprogrammed information Erase the recorded information • There are two possibilities to erase a stored information: Press Info-key or dial * 2 3 * . The associated lamp flickers to confirm connection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C EXECUTIVE Telephone and Operator Console Provide information for stated extension These telephone types provide guide texts on the display. It is also possible to enter information/personal mailbox greeting on behalf of another extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 The following 2 kinds of format are supported: MMDD = Month and Day and DDMM = Day and Month • Press menu key "activate" • Info lamp glows steadily • The display shows entered information 10 Jul 14:40 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Voice information • Press voice • Short tone burst i
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Voice information Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C The display shows: • Press busy/noreply/direct • Short tone burst is heard ABSENCE INFORMATION FOR: • Record relevant information activate • Press menu key "activate" 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ 200 chnge-no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 6(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Internal call to extension that has supplied information After about 8 seconds, the display shows idle. Info-lamp extinguishes The display shows: Deactivate & save information 10 Jul A created info can be saved and activated later.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 case, the conventional voice information will be played. If there is neither a personal mailbox greeting nor a conventional voice information available, the general mailbox greeting will be played. For further information see Mailbox system, document 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 8(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 3019 Enter voice information 4602 Voice information on VMU-D/VMU-HD/MFU board This command is used to state which A-categories are permitted to provide voice information.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 9(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 4306 Speech quality for voice information 3 LUNCH BACK HHMM 4 MEETING BACK HHMM 5 VACATION BACK MMDD 6 ILLNESS BACK MMDD It is possible to program a higher speech quality on the voice memory board, if so required.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 10(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 1022 Information to external callers Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 4403 Month 1 - 12 Each trunk can be programmed so that external callers receive voice information.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 263/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Equipment To be able to receive voice information, the system must be equipped with one or more VMU-D/VMU-HD/MFU boards. Personal mailbox greeting is protected by the FECU. Without FECU the menu/voice will lead to an error picture/error voice prompt and a FECU warning is generated.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 264/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 264.fm INQUIRY Operation Definition Digital Telephones Inquiry means, during an ongoing call, the possibility to initiate a new call. The ongoing call will be parked automatically.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 264/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 NOTE: If, during an ongoing call, the user wishes to dial an individual abbreviated number, this will be sent via the seized traffic function.To be able to use abbreviated numbers for inquiry calls manual seizure of a new traffic function is required.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M. Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved SEA/EBBMP 1(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 265.fm INTEGRATED CORDLESS Definition The Integrated Cordless is based on Ericsson’s Business Cordless ( DECT ) system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C In principle, the TANDEM unit works as follows: • for incoming calls, both telephones will be treated as 1 single extension. • for outgoing calls, both telephones will be treated as 2 seperate extensions.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C DECT Generic Access Profile DECT is a general radio access technology for short range wireless telecommunications. It is a high capacity, picocellular digital technology for cell radio depending on application and environment.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Limitations BusinessPhone 50 Due to the limited number of available board positions with BusinessPhone 50 (5 slots) and backplane restrictions, only the IC-CU2 board is allowed to be installed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Commands via RASC See document TANDEM CONFIGURATION, 480 / 155 34 - ASB 150 02 Uen Following commands have to be programmed for installing Integrated Cordless: 2061 - 2065 Priority link for synchronisation These commands define which link will have the first
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 0173 Diversion on not available external Only available using the GAP protocol ! This command is used to activate diversion on not available for external incoming calls. Diversion on not available is a result of a not available cordless.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Commands via Cordless System Manager The Cordless System Manager software is mandatory for system use. The sordless system software runs on a Personal Computer and communicates with the IC-CU_ card.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Standby Protection To protect the system against misuse after a correct password is entered, a Standby mode is used. The program switches to the Standby mode when during a 5 minute period the keyboard of the PC has been left untouched.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 2. Go to the directory in which the Cordless System Software has been installed. 3. In most cases, you can start the Cordless System Software by just typing DCT . You may also use command line options: DCT /OFFLINE.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Initialization Passwords A password consists of a maximum of six alphanumeric characters. Note: Take care not to forget the Distributor's password; only the manufacturer can change it.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Distributor Menu Password Menu path: Distributor - Password This command changes the Distributor's password. A password consists of a maximum of six alphanumeric characters.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C LTU Code Menu path: Distributor - System - Parameters - Customize - LTU code This command is also invoked by the initialization procedure.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Wait for Dial Tone Menu path: Distributor - System - Wait for dial tone This command is not applicable for the Integrated Cordless System ! Carriers Menu path: Distributor - System - Carriers This command allows you to disable one or more carriers on the IC a
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C specified during initialization when there are no indexes programmed in the cordless phone yet. This is the case when the cordless phone has never been subscribed before, or when all indexes are cleared.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C When you press enter the PARK and an authentication code are given. The PARK can be entered in the cordless phone to speed up subscription. The authentication code must be entered in the cordless phone to enable subscription to the system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Internal call, external call, call back and custom ringing Menu path: Receptionist - Administrate - Ringing - Internal call/External call/Call back Menu path: Distributor - Administrate - Ringing - Internal call/External call/Call back These commands allow you
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Base Number The peripheral number on the IC-LU / IC-CU2. Valid numbers: IC-LU: 1 - 8 / IC-CU2: 1 - 4 NOTE: Max. 7 IC-LUs can be installed ! Delay This delay value is needed to assure proper operation of handovers between Base Stations.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Download One Base Menu path: Distributor - Base Station - Download - One Base This command loads a file with software from the PC to a specified Base Station. Downloading takes about half an hour. The IC system remains operational. 1. 2. 3. 4.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 7. 8. 9. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C the key and entering the Distributor password. At the end of the download process the program records the result both on the screen and in the DWN_BS.SAV file. The program then resets the entire IC system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Version Info Menu path: Distributor - Diagnostics/test - Info - Version info This command displays the software revision level of all operational Base Stations.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Reset Tables The Test and Maintenance software in the IC-CU_ maintains a number of reset tables that can be read by the Cordless System Manager. These reset tables are meant for IC support specialists.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C System Manager Menu Password Menu path: System Manager - Password This command changes the System Manager's password. Two different situations can be distinguished: You are logged in as Distributor or, You are logged in as System Manager.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 23(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Single Assignment When only single numbers can be added, input this number as first Extension Number and then press twice . Of course any free circuit can be selected by the System Manager.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C fields in a screen are not used to recognise a ringing cadence, but only to regenerate a ringing cadence by the Portable Telephones. The cadences specified here are saved on disk in the file `cadence.SAV' (in the directory of the Cordless System Software).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 25(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Service Table Menu path: Distributor - Diagnostics/test - Info - Error tables - Service Menu path: System Manager - Control - Service This command displays the contents of the Service Table.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 26(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Clear Service Table Menu path: System Manager - Control - Clear service This command clears the Service Table. The logging of error messages in this table is stopped when it is full.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 27(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Receptionist Menu The Receptionist menu can be accessed by the Distributor, the System Manager and the Receptionist. Password Menu path: Receptionist - Password This command allows you to change the receptionists password.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 28(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C subscribed already. Furthermore the cordless phone will be provided with the ringing cadences specified during initialization when there are no indexes programmed in the cordless phone yet.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C When you press enter the PARK and an authentication code are given. The PARK can be entered in the cordless phone to speed up subscription. The authentication code must be entered in the cordless phone to enable subscription to the system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Internal call, external call, call back and custom ringing Menu path: Receptionist - Administrate - Ringing - Internal call/External call/Call back Menu path: Distributor - Administrate - Ringing - Internal call/External call/Call back These commands allow you
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 31(31) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 265/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Equipment The following boards are necessary for the installation of the "integrated cordless": • IC-CU Integrated Cordless - Control Unit based on the FREESET CPU ( DCT1800, A-protocol ).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 266/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 266.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 266/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C On a telephone with display, the following is shown: The display on the telephone of parked party shows: EXECUTIVE Telephone EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ 10 Jul 14:40 JOHNSON ANDREW 204 SPEECH STANDARD Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 JOHNSON A 203 PA
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 266/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Capacity Programming The number of intercom lines for each individual extension is limited only by the number of programmable keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 266/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 An intercom line can also be created via individual programming. See document FACILITY DESCRIPTION (155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen). Equipment Digital Telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 267/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 267.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 267/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Capacity Anyone with a facility category (COS) that includes intrusion can undertake intrusion. Limitations • Programming 0101 Assign facility category An extension that is authorized to undertake intrusion must have a facility category that includes intrusion.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 267/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 None. If the extension position is to be protected against intrusion this needs to be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T. Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Database reference 268.fm ISDN FACILITIES Contents 1(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Page ISDN FACILITIES .............................................. 1 ISDN GENERAL ............................................... 2 ISDN BASIC ACCESS ISDN PRIMARY RATE ACCESS ......................
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 ISDN GENERAL DEFINITION Integrated Services Digital Network, ISDN, is the definition of a digital telephone network according to CCITT. This network makes possible voice, video and data transmission on the same line.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 ISDN BASIC ACCESS ISDN PRIMARY RATE ACCESS USE DEFINITION and The ISDN ( PRA / BA ) trunk lines of ASB 150 02 make possible the access to an ISDN network specified according to ACA, ETSI standards and also countryspecific versions of the ETSI standard.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G PROGRAMMING 1912 Termination in ASB 150 Recommended programming procedure The command is used to define the network termination for the current ISDN-link.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G 1913 B-channel selection mode 1916 Digit receiving in overlap mode This command states the rules for seizure of a Bchannel for outgoing calls and defines whether there shall be a relation or no relation between the Bchannels and the individual trunk number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G 1920 CRC4 check 1946 Message after timeout. This command is used to define the mode of Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC4) for ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Supplementary Services Command for individual trunk numbers You may find a detailed description of the following commands in the respective description of the supplementary service.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1005 Common abbreviated number COS. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Night service See also NIGHT SERVICE. Valid data: 0-3 1006 Callback towards trunks allowed? 1019 Night switching group. States the night switching group for the trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Outgoing Traffic 1410 Time for recall on camp on. 1013 Dial tone to extension? States the time before a camped-on call recalls the transferring party. Defines whether a dial tone shall be sent after dialling the route-access number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Direct in-dialling For further information see Supplementary Service DDI.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1802 Predigits at automatic incoming traffic.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Digital link parameters Number analysis The following commands are valid for all configured ISDN system connections. In this command group the exchange's national significant number will be defined to be used for the supplementary service CLIP and COLP.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 ISDN S-INTERFACE A S-interface offers the possibility to connect ISDN terminals on the user side.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G OPERATION General information concerning the numbering plan of the S-interface Two types of bus configurations for different requirements are possible for the S-interface: Each S-interface and each connected ISDN terminal supporting its own MSN ( = Multiple
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Facility overview: Which supplementary services are provided to the S-interface depends on the subscription of supplementary services from the public network provider as well as on the programming of the T- and S- interfaces.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G CAPACITY PROGRAMMING The capacity of TEs refers to the total capacity of extensions in ASB 150 02, consisting of analogue telephones, system telephones and ISDN terminals ( see document 1555 - ASB 150 02).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1801 Common number at automatic outgoing/incoming traffic The command is used to state the incoming number that is to be transferred to the answering position for the line.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 This command states whether MSN ( = Multiple Subscriber Number ) is provided by the terminal user(s) on the interface.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G ISDN CALLER LIST OPERATION DEFINITION If calls are stored in the caller list, the user can scroll through the list in order to decide which number he/she wants to call back.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Storage principle Unknown • National • International • Network specific • Local directory Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Calling the stored number In case of an incoming ISDN call using numbering plan E164, the following call number types can be received for the calling party in the c
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Calling the stored numbers Delete stored number Press to erase the selected call (see display) erase Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Press to call the selected number Line 1 The next entry in chronological order is shown: 10 Jul 14:40 10 Jul 14:40 000431811005446 +15˚ 00431811005452
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Common error messages: Delete stored number • Press to erase the selected call The next entry in chronological order is shown: The last entry in the list was erased or *48# was dialled although the list is empty: 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ NO ENTRIES 0043181100545
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 23(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev CAPACITY PROGRAMMING Up to 192 authorised DBC753, DBC662, DBC213 and DBC212 extensions can store unsuccessful ISDN DDI calls from the public ISDN network. 0178 ISDN caller list allowed Per extension a maximum of 10 entries can be stored in the caller list.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE DIRECT DIALLING IN ( DDI ) Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G 1010 Reroute on answer position blocked? Defines rerouting to reroute position if the desired direct in-dialling number is blocked because of a fault.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 25(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G 1309 PTS-signal to PE is dial tone? 1925 - 1935 ISDN number plan The command states whether the PTS signal for incoming traffic consists of dial tone At incoming calls there are two ways of receiving the direct in-dialling digit.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 26(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE ADVICE OF CHARGE ( AOC ) DEFINITION If this service is subscribed to at an outgoing call, currency or charging units are sent to the exchange, depending on the respective network operator.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 27(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G PROGRAMMING Depending on the public network, the call meter information is sent in the form of metering pulses (charging units) or costs (currency units).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 28(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION PRESENTATION (CLIP) STANDARD DEFINITION EXECUTIVE The supplementary service CLIP provides the called party with the possibility to receive identification of the calling party.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 CAPACITY/LIMITATION At STANDARD and OPERATOR telephones, only 16 digits of the calling number may be presented. If the received A-number has more than 16 digits than only the last 16 digits will be presented.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CALLING LINE IDENTIFICATION RESTRICTION (CLIR) Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G to be activated before call setup. Restriction is activated until the key is pressed again. LED-status of the key “number secrecy“ Extinguished = A-number is presented at the B-party.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 31(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G PROGRAMMING OPERATOR 10 Feb 14:40 C= 0 I= 0 745 +15˚ The commands necessary for A-number restriction at the B-party are also used by the supplementary service COLR.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 32(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 0169 Directory number in subscribed PSTN series This command defines whether the internal programmed directory number of the extension is in the subscribed PSTN number range.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 33(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONNECTED LINE IDENTIFICATION PRESENTATION ( COLP ) Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Example: A-party dials 081100 ext. 5446 The connected number is ext.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 34(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G Connected party’s number is suppressed Incoming external call If the answering B-party has activated the supplementary service COLR (Connected Line Presentation Restriction, see following chapter), the B-number is restricted at the A party and a special info
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 35(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G LIMITATIONS PROGRAMMING The number of the connected B-party is only transmitted upon the first answer. If the call is transferred after the first answer, the new number is not transmitted to the A-party.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 36(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE CONNECTED LINE IDENTIFICATION RESTRICTION (COLR) Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G For the B-number restriction at the A-party, the key "number secrecy“ has to be activated before call connection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 37(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G PROGRAMMING 0301 Program Function key System telephones A function key needs to be programmed to activate the temporary mode 0101 Assign facility category 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ FUNCTION OF KEY Extensions that should be authorized to program the key "number
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 38(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 ISDN terminals 1957 Number secrecy allowed? This command states whether the terminal user(s) are allowed to restrict the presentation of the own calling / connected party number in the network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 39(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE MALICOUS CALL IDENTIFICATION (MCID) STANDARD MCID ACCEPTED DISPLAY REST S MCID REJECTED DEFINITION The supplementary service MCID enables a user to request that the source of an incoming call is identified and registered by the network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 40(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G If the B-party does not have a programmed MCID function key, he may also use a procedure to initiate the function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 41(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G 3049 Program malicious call id 1917 MCID subscribed States which A-COS may program the "MCID“ function key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 42(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER NUMBER (MSN) DEFINITION The supplementary service MSN provides the possibility to assign multiple ISDN numbers for a single interface.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 43(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference G CAPACITY / LIMITATION ISDN terminal: As mentioned before the MSN refers to a route access number. A maximum of 250 routes may be configured in the system (including all individual and common numbers).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 44(44) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 268/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE SUBADDRESSING (SUB) DEFINITION The supplementary service subaddressing allows the served user to expand his addressing capacity beyond the one given by the E164 number plan. A subaddress, if presented by a calling user, is delivered unaffected to the called (served) user.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 300/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 300.fm KEY SYSTEM FUNCTION Definition A key system denotes a system in which all or selected trunks are directly represented on system telephones by means of external line keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 300/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 STANDARD Telephone Outgoing calls 10 Jul 14:40 EXTERNAL Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B • +15˚ 703 S Press free external line key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 300/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Disconnection A call via a trunk is disconnected like a call via own line. Normal voice mode: • Even if the trunk is represented on a key it can always be called by means of its individual directory number, provided this is known.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 300/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 backward z All members of a key-system must possess ECONOMYplus -, STANDARD - or EXECUTIVE Telephones. +15˚ RINGING ALTERNATIVE forward 0303 xxxx yy c/i z return Enter relevant type of ringing Individual programming The keys can also be programmed via individual programming.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/X Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(1) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 320/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 320.fm LAST EXTERNAL NUMBER REDIAL Definition ASB 150 02 automatically stores the external number dialled last (including ROUTE ACCESS CODE).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP W. Koller SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-31 Database reference 321.fm LEAST COST ROUTING Contents 1(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr page DEFINITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 USE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 DEFINITION Least Cost Routing selects the most economic carrier for an entered destination number. Least Cost Routing calculates the predicted cost for each carrier offering access to the requested destination.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Duration Cost Level […] See "Relative Cost Level“. See „command“. Internal Access Code The Internal Access Code is used to seize a trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B OPERATION Information on Carriers This chapter informs about the basic principles of Least Cost Routing and gives some examples. The table below shows the Cost Level Scheme Name and the leading digits of the destination number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B John M. Enters a Public Telephone Number Input for the analysis • The entered destination number. John lifts the handset and presses the name selection key. In this key, an Internal Access Code and a public telephone number are stored.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 • Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B The number analysis checks the first column for a matching destination number and uses the related Destination Number Group for carrier selection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Example for a Public Destination Number Table Predigits: 0 Destination Number Destination Number Group Covered by 1-9 0 01 02 00 001 0 10 11 12 100 111 PTT A PTT B PTT B, Ferrari A PTT B, Ferrari B PTT C PTTC, Ferrari C Public Destination Number Table C
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Destination Number Group. All possible carriers are proposed when John has dialled a Route Access Code. When the user has entered a directory number of a single trunk, Least Cost Routing proposes just those carriers that can be reached via the particular trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Therefore, we decided to invent the 4-dimension table, a table that has really four dimensions. How did we manage that? We put one table behind the other. Quite simple! Mankind always wants to make steps ahead. And so do we. As soon as we had climbed the step to the 4dimension table, we wanted more.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Procedures of the Cost Analysis Call Cost Profiles When searching possible carriers, the Call Cost Profile is checked for the required Destination Number Group. The Tenant-Specific Call Cost Profile [8428] is checked first.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Example COST TIME SCHEME LIST PRICE Carrier No: 1 Name: Ferrari Scheme No: 2 Name: Long distance (USA) Rel.cost level Hour 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 dt1 dt2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 Rel.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Calculation of the Predicted Cost Least Cost Routing uses a supposed call duration [2035 Predicted call duration] for the calculation of the predicted cost. The cost analysis calculates the cost for each carrier that offers a connection to the requested destination.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Carrier Selection Least Cost Routing selects a carrier according to the breakdown of costs and the availability of trunk lines to the carriers.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Output of the Analysis Output The output of the carrier selection depends on the availability of a trunk line and on the Routing Choices.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Sending of the Modified Telephone Number Least Cost Routing Options Input Dial tone after Entering the Internal Access Code • Internal Access Code [8401] • Predigits for carrier access [8402] • Arranged Destination Number [8415] Output ASB 150 02 use
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B CAPACITY exception days can be created to define special holidays. Destination Number Groups Pulse Cost Level Table (list price) [8455] The number of Destination Number Groups amounts to 250.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-31 LIMITATIONS None. PROGRAMMING You may change the parameters for the following commands if Least Cost Routing has been installed by a technician. Contact your supplier for installation of Least Cost Routing.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Extension Parameters 16 Aug 17:35 +15˚ Direct carrier acc? C 0153 xxxx 0151 Tenant group backward This command states the Tenant Group the extension belongs to. forward c/i yyy return xxxx Enter the directory number of the extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 Internal Access Code. This proceed-to-select signal shall make the extension continue dialling because Least Cost Routing needs the dialled digits for the Number Analysis.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(20) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 321/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-31 16 Aug 17:35 +15˚ y Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B 16 Aug 17:35 +15˚ TENANT NUMBER backward Rev C 8421 forward x y AUTHORITY CODE ? c/i return backward C 8422 forward x y c/i return Press Enter. Enter the tenant number (0–15). Press Enter.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 322/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 322.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 322/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B loud-speaker will be interrupted while the (if any) group key lamp keeps flashing until the call ends. Programming Capacity 0101 State which extensions are permitted to undertake paging Eight paging groups can be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 322/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B 0301 Define key for paging and answer 4801 - 4808 Group members To facilitate paging it is necessary to program a key for each group to be paged For each extension one can state which groups the extension is to be a member of.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 322/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 4809 Volume control The volume for loudspeaker paging can be set for each individual system telephone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-08-17 Rev E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 340.fm MAILBOX SYSTEM Definition In ASB 150 02 the mailbox system offers internal and external callers the possibility to leave messages in a user’s mailbox.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-08-17 Leave a message Diversion to a mailbox system (common or individual) Any user may divert his/her extension to a mailbox system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A user has activated diversion on his/her extension to the INDIVIDUAL mailbox system and the voice prompts are programmed: Call to the extension Diversion to the mailbox Y Personal greeting stored ? N Y Absence info activated ? N Personal Greeting Greeti
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A user has activated diversion on his/her extension to the COMMON mailbox system and the voice prompts are programmed: Call to the extension Diversion to the mailbox Y Absence info activated ? N Absence-Info Greeting "Welcome to the common mailbox.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Message indication System telephones Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ENTER PASSWORD: ---- When a message has been left in the individual mailbox, this will be indicated by a flashing "Message-key" lamp.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-08-17 STANDARD Telephone Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Internal retrieving from another telephone set than one’s own The message key lamp or the programmed "Common mailbox key" flashes when messages are waiting. It can be programmed whether a password is required to retrieve messages.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference INTERNAL RETRIEVING of messages from the INDIVIDUAL mailbox system: for users of analogue*- and system telephones (except EXECUTIVE and OPERATOR Telephone) * with limitations Start Greeting "Welcome to your Mailbox system" (Command No.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 8(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference from page 7 Y "Call back message from " (Command No.: 4412-4) 1.Message header Call me N message has been left 1.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference EXTERNAL RETRIEVING of messages from the INDIVIDUAL message system (or internal retrieving from another extension than the own one): Call the directory number of the mailbox system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 10(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Configuration of Personal Greeting Personal Greeting Configuration From page 7 Configuration Menu: - "To configure your personal greeting, when the line is busy, press ONE, - On no reply, press TWO, - For direct Voice announcement diversion, press THREE, - to
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference INTERNAL RETRIEVING of messages from the COMMON mailbox system: for users of analogue*- and system telephones (except EXECUTIVE and OPERATOR Telephone) *with limitations Start Greeting "Welcome to you Mailbox system" (Command No.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E "AB" From page 11 1.Voice message Voice announcement "To replay, press ONE, - For the next message, press TWO,- to delete it, press HASH." (Command No.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 13(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference EXTERNAL RETRIEVING of messages from the COMMON mailbox system or internal retrieving from another extension than one’s own: Call the directory number of the common mailbox system. Start Greeting Y "Welcome to your Mailbox system" (Command No.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Capacity Retrieving messages The maximum number of message keys is for the: • BASIC DBC 210 = 3 It is not possible for two callers to retrieve messages from the same mailbox at the same time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-08-17 If no voice channels are free for internal retrieving the following message is shown on the display (if any) of the caller: +15˚ CONGESTION TRY LATER STANDARD Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E EXIT Position has activated call forwarding to the mailbox system If a caller wa
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Programming 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ SIMULT.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Common mailbox 3052 Program common message key ? 5427 Create common mailbox Is extension allowed to program a "common mailbox key" ? This command is used to create a common mailbox directory number (mailbox number: 0-15).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 10 Jul 14:40 backward 8508 Welcome common - language 2 +15˚ ASSOCIATED NUMBER Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E C 0302 forward xxxx yy zzzz c/i return (explanation: see command 8507) 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ xxxx Enter the extensions directory number yy Enter key number Key A-Z or PICK
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 8511 Retrieve welcome common mailbox Individual mailbox When an internal extension or external party calls the directory number of the common mailbox directly, a retrieving session of messages from the mailbox is started.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 4312 Short message store ? 8501 Individual welcome number 1 When an external party is diverted to the mailbox system, an opportunity to leave the mailbox system and to be connected to the exit position is given.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 8503 Individual welcome number 2 8512 Exit position for individual message This command states the reference number for part two of the welcome message when a call is diverted to the mailbox system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-08-17 Commands 8601 to 8603 are related to welcome announcements for guest extensions. A guest who leaves a message for another guest will receive the welcome announcement in the language he/she has been checked in. 8601 Welcome announcement no.1 for a guest Each welcome announcement consists of two parts.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 23(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 8603 Welcome announcement no.2 for a guest Voice message prompts Every welcome announcement consists of two parts. The first part is always played when a call is diverted to the mailbox system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 2 13 INSTRUCTION VOICE "To replay, press ONE, - For the next NO MAILBOX FOR DIRECTORY NUMBER "The desired extension has no mailbox." message, press TWO, - To delete it, press HASH.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 25(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Voice prompts - Individual mailbox 4414 Message prompts - language 3 10 Jul 14:40 backward 4415 Welcome individual +15˚ MSG PRMPT LANG3 0-6 forward Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 4414 c/i > return Announcements for greeting individual 10 Jul 14:40 Press ENTER to go to level 2 and
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 26(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 4416 Retrieving individual Voice prompts - Common mailbox Announcements for retrieving individual 4417 Welcome common 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ RETRIEVE INDIV 0-15 backward Message greeting - storing common mailbox 4416 forward > return 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 27(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 4418 Retrieving common Digit prompts Message greeting - retrieving common mailbox 4419 Digits 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ RETRIEVE COMM.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 28(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Voice prompts for Individual and Common mailbox systems 4420 Digits - language 2 Announcements for digits - language 2 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ DIGITS 0-9 LANG 2 backward 4422 Common voice prompts 4420 forward > return 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ COMM VOICE PRMPT back
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 F1 F2 F3 F4 To record a voice prompt To listen to a stored voice prompt To erase a stored voice prompt To return to level 2. 4428 Voice message prompts - Personal Greeting 0 Time restrictions 4301 Maximum time for speech messages It is possible to program a maximum time for a voice message.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 4308 Number answer to sender (days) 4309 - 4311 Keep answered message This command defines the number of days that a message may remain unanswered before it is returned to the sender.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 31(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-08-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E Functions for VMU-HD boards 4603 Block board for voice answer 4305 High message quality ? It is possible to determine whether or not a certain VMU board may be used for voice answer.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 32(32) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 340/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-08-17 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference E 1421 Pulse time for disconnection tone bursts Equipment Default data = 300 ms With a VMU-HD or MFU installed in the system the MAILBOX SYSTEM offers voice support to all types of incoming calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 341.fm MESSAGE SYSTEM Definition Message-system means that messages can be sent by extension users to other extension users in ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Only extensions with EXECUTIVE Telephones or OPERATOR Consoles can utilise the functions: 10 Jul 14:40 • voice message SELECT FUNCTION • serial message • return message • reading of own and messages of others.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B To send the voice message 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ MESSAGE IS SENT. REPEAT TO ANOTHER ? yes When satisfied press activate and the message will be sent. no The display shows: Press no if no more messages are to be sent. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ MESSAGE IS SENT.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Serial messages 10 Jul 14:40 After a message has been sent, it is possible to send the same message to other addresses. +15˚ SELECT FUNCTION send check The display shows: 10 Jul 14:40 From the entry image press check.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B If others was selected the following is shown: 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ JOHNSON ANDREW play 10 Jul 14:40 200 next time +15˚ RECEIVER NUMBER: erase return • Press play for playback of first voice message or to read first text message • Press next for disp
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 6(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B BASIC-, ECONOMY - and STANDARD Telephones 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ENTER PASSWORD: _ After entering the right password (=authorisation code) the display shows: To send messages Messages can only be sent in the call or conversation (speech) state.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 To register the recording • Press # to register recording. Verification tone is heard. Message-lamp extinguishes when handset is replaced. Message has been sent. • Press On/Off- or Clear-key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 8(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Limitations The following functions are affected: Text messages can only be exchanged between extensions equipped with EXECUTIVE Telephones or OPERATOR Consoles. 3014 Send message from others? Voice messages require the VMU-D / -HD board. Default data = N.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 9(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B 0106 Prevent reception of messages Time restrictions An extension that does not want to receive messages can be programmed for this. 4301 Maximum time for voice messages 10 Jul 14:40 CALL BACK ALLOWED ? backward The voice messages are not time-restricted.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 10(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 4308 Number of days a message may remain unanswered before it is returned Here the number of days is stated that a message may remain unanswered before it is returned to sender.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 11(11) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 341/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Functions for VMU-D / -HD boards 4305 Alter speech quality of voice messages Voice messages can be stored with a lower quality to thereby increase the storage time. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ HIGH MESS QUALITY backward z forward 4305 c/i z return Enter relevant function. Y = High speech quality.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 343/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 E ASB 150 02 Database reference 343.fm MUSIC-ON-HOLD Capacity Definition One music channel can be programmed for music-onhold. A music channel created for music-on-hold can also be utilised for background music.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 343/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 backward Rev 99-07-15 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference number is required, which in this case ranges between D420 and D42F.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 343/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 E Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference The following commands are only relevant, if the music source is connected to a BTU-A board: Valid data: 1201 Line signal scheme Modify the specified voice prompt by pressing one of the function keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 343/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Voice announcements can be stored with a lower voice quality so that the storage time is increased. 10 Jul 14:40 backward +15˚ z 4307 forward z return Enter relevant function. Valid data: Yes/No Y (Yes) = High speech quality.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 360/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 360.fm NAME SELECTION and automatically. Line 2 or Inquiry will be seized and the stored number is transmitted via the selected traffic function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 360/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Limitations • Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 0302 Associated number When the system is initiated, the programmable keys of all telephones possess name selection function.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBA Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-02-17 Database reference 363.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-02-17 SPAIN - IBERCOM INDICATOR Definition Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Call class This parameter defines whether the call is handled as an interuser or an intrauser IBERCOM call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-02-17 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Programming 1036 IBERCOM network connection 0150 Individual charging This command defines whether or not the trunk is connected to an IBERCOM network, furthermore it also defines whether outgoing calls are handled as "interuser" or "intrauser" calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-02-17 CROATIA ADAPTATION OF THE CN NUMBERING PLAN Definition This feature increases the numbering plan functionality for Corporate Networks by using virtual 5-8 digit numbers for the internal ASB 150 02 numbering structure.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-02-17 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Incoming CN call Limitations In case of incoming calls, the LPC has to be removed and replaced by digits, available in the internal directory number plan. The replacement is done by using a programmed common abbreviated number which must be equal to the LPC.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-02-17 In order to use the features listed above, the internal 4 digit numbering plan has to be used. This situation might confuse some users, because they have different directory numbers for internal and CN call handling.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-02-17 0105 Abbreviated number category for extension Each extension can be assigned an abbreviated number category.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 363/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-02-17 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A POLAND - TEST CALL 2649 Test tone Definition / Use The test tone is used for external line testing purposes to check the condition of speech (B-) channels.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 361.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Open number plan (variable number length) Each outgoing tie line route is assigned to a ROUTE ACCESS NUMBER. This number is used for the selection of the desired exchange of the private network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Incoming Traffic Reroute to answering position Incoming traffic can be automatic or manually transferred via the operator. An answering position can be defined for each incoming tie line.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F SIGNALLING PREREQUISITES Direct in-dialling Type of line signalling The printed board assembly BTU-C offers the HW platform for certain types of DIRECT IN-DIALLING (DID) from the public network. Signalling provided with the BTU-C e.g.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 • Members of groups, within the PBX, must belong to the same exchange. Examples of such groups are: - PBX-groups - Fictive number - ACD-groups - Answer groups • Intercom cannot be used for connections between extensions in two different exchanges.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 3301 Line selection principle Number series This command defines the selection principle to be used for a route. 3303 Predigits for normal route Valid data: Yes/No Yes sequential selection with alternating start point.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 1015 Number of predigits Outgoing traffic This command is used to assign routes and their members a number which may be used for number analysis. This parameter will be used primarily by TCD and LCR. 1201 Line signalling The number given should contain 1 - 4 digits.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 The following default valid datas are trunk board dependent: Valid data : BTU-A =0 BTU-C =0 BTU-E =0 BTU-D =2 1306 Inter digit pause Valid data: The command is used at impulsing to determine the dialed digit's relation to the number of pulses.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F 1404 Waiting time before digit transmission 2009 Tone time per digit for DTMF-signalling The command is used to determine the shortest time required by the parent exchange to receive digits for outgoing calls from ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Incoming traffic 1311 Number of received digits before EOS-signal 1103 - 1104 Answering positions The command is used to determine the number of received digits for automatic incoming traffic before sending the EOS-signal to the superior exchange, e.g.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F 1411 Time supervision first digit 1803 Irrelevant digits The command is used to state the supervision time for incoming calls between seizure and first digit. The parameter shall only be used for direct in-dialing lines and automatic incoming tie lines.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Trunk answering position 6501 Programming of data records This command defines a name string for a directory number, e.g. for a route. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ ADM.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Adjust Filter coefficient for BTU-E: Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Different types of BTU-Es BTU-E : 1609 Filter coefficient This command is used to state the filter coefficient in the analogue interface on the line board.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(14) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 361/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 BTU-E / 2: 1 Set the line signal-scheme via command 1201. All line signal-schemes are supported. 2 2- or 4-wire speech-connection has to be adjusted via command 1609. Only the following setting supports 4-wire speech connection: “ 116 “ All the other support 2-wire speech connection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 364/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 364.fm NETWORKING VPN SERVICE FROM PSTN Definition / Use There are two possibilities to build up a private network: • Using a private network, based on leased lines from the PSTN.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 364/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Operation Example for initiating a VPN service call: Incoming calls Extension 5446 calls extension 6080 Dialled digits: 6080 Programmed trunk/route number: 88 Programmed predigits: 52304 Seen from the VPN All extensions can be reached via one common public s
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 364/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Limitations Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 6501 Directory names It is not possible to use the features LAST EXTERNAL NUMBER REDIAL and SAVED EXTERNAL NUMBER REDIAL for PSTN-VPN numbers. This command states a list of administrative data for directory numbers.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP T.Preissner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 A ASB 150 02 Database reference NETWORKING BASED ON DIGITALES LINES Contents 365.fm Page Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Proprietary service - Called party number transfer via UUS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Proprietary service - Intrusion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Definition Digital Private Networking is centered around two main concepts: 1 Digital private networking between ASB 150 02 and ASB 501 systems, based on DSS1 signalling * over switched public lines.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Definitions & Abbreviations AOC Supplementary Service Advice of Charge BA Basic Access (2B+D), T- or Q-reference point to the network Calling/Connected Line IdentityCLIP (=Calling Line Identification Presentation), COLP (=COnnected Line identification Presentat
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Definitions & Abbreviations (continued) PSS1 Private Signalling System, Number 1 Public gateway exchange The PBX in the private network from where calls leave the private network and enter the public network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared 6(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Use Private Network with only ASB 150 02 systems The following example shows a private network with only ASB 150 02 nodes. Standard QSIG and proprietary services are supported via leased and / or switched lines.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Private Network with ASB 150 02 and other-vendor PBXs ASB 150 02 relies on QSIG signalling via leased lines to connect the system to other-vendor PBXs. Gateway between public and private network is only supported for Basic Calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Operation Networking packages General The private digital networking functionality is packaged and licensed. A Networking Package license is valid for both Basic Access and Primary Rate Access.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Networking package - Overview Networking Packages Standard digital Networking Package Full digital Networking Package CN-System features X X Supplementary Services X X Proprietary Services X Interworking with ASB 150 02 X X Interworking with ASB
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Features and Services - Overview Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Proprietary services based on the UUS protocol • Account Code System features • Bypass call forwarding • • • • • Call back on no reply/busy • Call diversion & follow me • Call Transfer • Calling line category •
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 System feature Common Corporate Numbering Plan In the Common Corporate Numbering Plan each addressable entity in the private network is identified by a unique network identity.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Example for a Common Corporate Numbering plan ISDN NP International no. National no. 43 International no. 3865 National no. Subscriber no. 25 xxxx 46 8 National no. 1 Subscriber no. 719 xxxx Subscriber no.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 22 proprietary RL0 15 UNK, priv 23 proprietary RL0 15 UNK, priv 7 proprietary RL0 13 UNK, priv 12 UNK,pub 1 03865257 850 proprietary RL1 11 UNK, priv 12 UNK,pub 3 00468719 Private network Access Code Destination PBX TON priv calli
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 System feature - Location code Within a “Location” (Arear) one or more PBXs may be grouped together in order to be identified by the Location code consisting of up to 4 digits. This number is used in a corporate network to define the PBX, or a group of PBXs to which the call should be routed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Causes which force the PNR to perform alternative routing • Busy route All trunks included in the route are occupied or blocked. • Travelling Class Mark (TCM) mismatch The TCM value of the originator is lower than that requested from the route.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference System feature - Number conversion Complete private number Definition If the private network access number covers the complete private number, the called destination (end extension) can be reached without suffix dialling.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A System feature - Basic call Basic call service - Transit counter Basic Call is used for circuit mode switched calls like voice, video or data.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Supplementary service Calling/Connected Line/Name Identity Operator’s Console 10 Feb 14:40 C= 0 I= 0 Definition 8502123 This feature is available as supplementary and proprietary service for private network calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A LED-status of the key “number/name secrecy“ COLP / CONP Extinguished Caller’s number/name can be presented to the called party. Steady light Caller’s number/name is restricted to the called party.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 COLR / CONR COnnected Line/Name identity Restriction enables the connected party to prevent presentation of its number/ name by using the “number secrecy” key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Overview - Calling/Connected Party Number transfer in gateway traffic IN OUT proprietary Q priv. number & name ASB 150 02 priv. number & name priv. number & name proprietary Q priv. number & name IN OUT proprietary T priv.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A IN OUT non-proprietary Q priv. number & name ASB 150 02 priv. number & name priv. number & name OUT non-proprietary Q priv. number & name ASB 150 02 publ. number from Comm. 2220 IN OUT ASB 150 02 publ. number non-proprietary Q publ. number publ. number from Comm. 2220 priv.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 23(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Supplementary service - Advice of charge Actions at a terminating PBX Definition An AOC request, received in a terminating exchange within the private network, is rejected with the value ‘Free of Charge’.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Supplementary service User-to-User Signalling Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A For a proprietary call, UUS 1 must always be subscribed. The availability of UUS 2 and / or UUS 3 increases the number and functionality of services that can be offered.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 25(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date UUS3 Albania Austria Belgium Bulgaria Croatia Cyprus Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italia Latvia Lithuania Luxembourg Macedonia Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Romania Slovak Republic Slovenia Spain Sweden Switzerland Turkey United Kingdom UUS2 Count
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 26(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Needed UUS services for proprietary CN features Feature service 1 service 1 service 2 (with (without ALERTING MESSAGE) ALERTING MESSAGE) Account number X Call back on busy version 1 version 2 X X Call back on free version 1 version 2 X X Camp on X Da
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 27(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Proprietary service - Account number Limitation Definition Within a PBX an Account number can be inserted before the external number is dialled or during the call.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 28(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Proprietary service - Call Transfer Definition The existing “Call Transfer” (for detailed information regarding the function, see Facility Description TRANSFER, document 485/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen) has been modified to display the correct Calling/Connected Line
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference After Call Transfer: As the TONs of the received ‘new’ connected numbers are equal to the TONs of the already stored COL numbers, no further number conversion is required.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference After Call Transfer: The TONs of the received new connected number in the new originating exchange A and the new terminating exchange C differs from the TON of the stored Calling/Connected number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 31(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Proprietary service Centralised Operator Local operator Centralised Operator CLEAR Definition SPEECH ASB 15002 or ASB 501 ASB 15002 T Q In a stand-alone system all incoming external calls which can not be answered, due to the fact that the desired destination is busy, does not answer, is blocked or not configured, will be ro
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 32(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Capacity Apart from the maximum number of three operators which can be located in ASB 150 02, there is no limitation to the number of COPs in a private network. The number of required COPs is dependent on the complexity of the whole network e.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 33(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Proprietary service Called party number transfer via UUS1 Definition In some countries it is required that the DDI numbers used for automatic incoming calls to extensions within a PBX are subscribed to the public network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 34(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Proprietary service - Intrusion Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Proprietary service Message waiting indication Definition Definition The feature CN ’Intrusion’ is based on the internal ASB 150 02 feature, see INTRUSION, document 267/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 35(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Proprietary service - Rerouting Definition The CN rerouting feature offers the possibility for an ASB 150 02 system to reroute external calls preferably to one of three possible centralised answer positions located in another CN PBX in the private network.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 36(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference Dependency of Facilities on Internal / External Handling of Private Network Calls (see command 2084): Feature No influence or not applicable for network calls Abbreviated number dialling common numbers x Abbreviated number dialling individual numbers x
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 37(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Feature Kontr/Checked No influence or not applicable for network calls Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A CN call will be handled like a normal external call (as originally defined ) Programmable via system command (internal or external handling) Camp on - internal calls Seperate CN feature x Clock and diary x Common Bell x Compu
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 38(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Feature Kontr/Checked No influence or not applicable for network calls Inc.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 39(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Feature Private trunk line Kontr/Checked No influence or not applicable for network calls Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 A CN call will be handled like a normal external call (as originally defined ) Seperate CN feature x Refer-back x Reminder service x Ring signals x x Saved external number redial x Secretary function x O
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 40(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Capacity / Limitations On telephones with a small display it is not possible to show the full (8-digit) private network number and the presently shown textual information. In such cases, always the text, not the number, is truncated.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 41(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 1911 Network signalling tables 1947 Handling of call collisions The command is used to the define current network signalling protocol for the current ISDN-link.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 42(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1913 B-channel selection mode This command states the rules for seizure of a Bchannel for outgoing calls and defines whether there shall be a relation or no relation between the Bchannels and the individual trunk number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 43(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 1915 Calling number allowed to network? 1917 MCID subscribed? The command is used to define whether the calling ASB-party’s line directory number is allowed to be sent to the network. NOTE:This command is only applicable for the T-interface.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 44(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 1918 Connected line presentation on Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A The command is used to define whether an ASBparty's line directory number may be sent to the network. The command is used to define the mode of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC4) for ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 45(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 2061 First priority link for synchronisation 2062 Second priority link for synchronisation 2063 Third priority link for synchronisation 2064 Fourth priority link for synchronisation 2065 Fifth priority link for synchronisation These commands define which digital link is used for synchronisation of
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 46(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Programming of the “Own location code” Programming of the Private Network Router (PNR) 5431 Create own location code 5432 Create private network access number This command creates the location code of ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 47(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 9101 Destination PBX 9104 Call Class The dialled private network access number will be associated to the “type of corporate network call”, a parameter indicating whether the call setup destination is a “proprietary PBX” (ASB 150 02, ASB 501) or an “other-ven
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 48(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 9111 TON: priv / pub called (1st route choice) 9112 Remove digits by using 1st route choice 9121 TON: priv / pub called (2nd route choice) 9122 Remove digits by using 2nd route choice 9131 TON: priv / pub called (3rd route choice) 9132 Remove digits by us
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 49(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 9114 Travelling Class Mark (1st route choice) 9124 Travelling Class Mark (2nd route choice) Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 9115 Complete call party number length (1st route choice) 9125 Complete call party number length (2nd route choice) 9134 Travelling Class Mark (3rd route choice) 91
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 50(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 When command 91x5 is used in combination with command 91x6, the complete called party number is split into two parts: • • The most significant part of the number ( national destination code + subscriber number without extension number ) will be sent in the call set-up message as called party number
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 51(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A PNR alternative Routing Basic call service - Travelling Class Mark 1037: PNR route choices at incoming proprietary calls 0171 Travelling Class Mark (TCM) This command states the number of PNR route choices which are allowed to be accessed by incoming propr
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 52(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Basic call service - Transit Counter Calling/Connected Line/Name identity 2087 Transit counter 0170 Restriction of private identity presentation This command states the maximum amount of allowed transit call setups to prevent uncontrolled loops in the netw
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 53(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Supplementary service UUS 2072 MD110 (ASB 501) Release version of CN This command defines the Release version of MD 110 connected to the corporate network. This is necessary because of enhancements and changes in the MD 110 proprietary UUS signalling protocol for digital networking features.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 54(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 1944 Request of UUS service 2 Proprietary service - Call back NOTE:This command is only applicable for the T-interface.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 55(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 9002 Active time for a "CB on busy" mission in the init. PBX (T1) This command defines the time of a network Call back on busy mission in the initiating PBX. If this timer expires, the PBX initiates the cancellation of the Call back service. The timer can be programmed in steps of 5 minutes.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 56(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A Proprietary service - Call diversion Proprietary service - Camp on 0176 Call diversion to a CN number allowed 0108 Camp on allowed? The command defines whether an extension is allowed to activate call diversion to corporate network number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 57(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Proprietary service - Intrusion 0182 Initiate of network intrusion allowed? This command defines whether or not the extension is allowed to initiate intrusion on a busy CN destination. Note: This command is independent of the permission to initiate Intrusion in the local exchange.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 58(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Proprietary service - Rerouting 1110 1st choice CN reroute position 1111 2nd choice CN reroute position 1112 3rd choice CN reroute position The command is used to determine the 1st / 2nd / 3rd choice (of three possible) CN reroute positions for the trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 59(59) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 365/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Equipment BTU-B_ or MFU or BTU-D with ISDN PROM set. A FECU must be connected to the CPU-D4. For more information regarding the Feature Enabling Control Unit, see FACILITY DESCRIPTION - GENERAL, document 155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP S. Caushi SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 362/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 362.fm NIGHT SERVICE Operation Definition Night service - system Night service denotes a different pattern for incoming trunk (external) line traffic than that normally applicable.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 362/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Capacity Programming For night service each trunk can be assigned an individual answering position and a divertee answering position.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 362/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 3022 Day/night system For night switching of all groups via command *80#. 3023 - 3030 Day/night trunk group 1-8 For night switching of individual groups via commands *81# -- *88#.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M. Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Database reference 380.fm Operator Operator’s Console.................................... 2 Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Operator’s Console Use Definition Common queue to the Operators The Operator is a special instrument which will be used as central answering position, information centre (e.g.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Voice Message before answer Automatic extending If external callers are routed to the Operator they will receive voice message before answer (if programmed).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Operation The following procedures are related to the DBC 214 Operator’s Console: General The display consists of 5 lines, with space for 40 characters on each line. The fields in the display consist of the following information.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Status information values • BLOCKED Extension or Function blocked • BUSY 2 Extension busy (queue situation is displayed) • CONGESTION Congestion in the system • C= 0 Number of calls waiting in the common queue • DIVERSION, DIV Call redirected • FREE 1 *) Called internal extension i
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Attendance Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F programming mode. After timeout, the default answer position is again shown on the display. Offduty When offduty is activated, all incoming external calls to the Operator queue will be routed to an alternative answering position.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Incoming calls Night Switch This function switches the whole system to the night switch mode. The night switch mode routes all incoming external calls to a defined night answering position, e.g.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Outgoing calls (general) save Press before finishing a call (see display) redial Press to redial the saved number (see display) Dial a directory number or press a pre-programmed key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Outgoing calls to a busy extension Transfering to a busy extension Busy extension An incoming caller would like to be transferred to a specific extension, but the called extension is busy: If the desired extension is busy, the operator can initiate a call b
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 When the extension becomes free, this will be indicated by a a ringing signal and a flashing loop key. Loop 1 Press The Operator has to answer within eight seconds, otherwise the call will be placed automatically.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 11(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Busy external line/ route Supervise long distance calls If no external line is available for a call: An external number has been dialled and the Operator wants to handle new calls while waiting for an answer.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 12(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 During calls Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Individual hold Incoming calls can be put on hold for retake. Transfer The Operator wants to transfer an incoming call to an extension. Loop 1 Press any free loop key The call is now put on hold. The key lamp shows steady light.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 13(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Serial calls Group listening The external caller wants to speak to several extensions in a certain order. There is an ongoing conversation via the handset: serial Press to switch the loudspeaker on / off.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 14(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Conference Call ordering There is an ongoing conversation. The operator dials the extension number of the third party. Dial tone ordering Speech Press to call the third party Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F An extension calls and orders an external line with dial tone.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 15(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Diversion Change diversion address for another extension Receive information for diverted calls An Operator has the possibility to change the diversion address for another extension. The Operator has answered a call that is diverted to him/her.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 16(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Mailbox system Abbreviated numbers If the Operator is not in the office, he/she can offer the service to the caller to leave a message in the mailbox.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 17(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Call Metering For callers who do not belong to the operator‘s system ( e.g CN users) registering to the caller’s individual call meter cannot be applied.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 18(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Group facilities Other facilities Loudspeaker paging Reminder See LOUDSPEAKER PAGING, document 322/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. The Operator’s Console can be set to remind the Operator at any time within the next 24 hours (multiple settings are allowed).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 19(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Account number Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F For more information, see INTERCOM, document 266/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. The Operator can place the costs for external calls on a selected account number ( up to 15 digits ).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 20(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Headset functionality • Headset to handsfree Headset Press If the Operator’s Console is equipped with an Option Unit DBY 410 02, the following headset functions are available: • Headset Activate / Deactivate the headset Press (pre-defined) Headset • No
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 21(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Authority Programming A four-digit code for prevention of unauthorized use of the phone can be used. For more information, see AUTHORISATION CODE, document 113/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 22(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Answer mode 10 Feb 14:40 C= 0 I= 0 answer Press (see display) Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F +15˚ Operator 200 EXTEND MANUALLY WITH HOOK backward forward enter return Three different answer modes can be selected: backward,forward Press to select extend mode a Answer manually w
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 23(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 System programming Ringing signal The ringing type (2 types), ringing volume (10 steps) and ringing character (10 characters) can be adjusted. prog +15˚ 4101 Operator line position The extension position to which the Operator is connected needs to be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 24(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F 4103 Ring bursts at queue 1101 Answering positions The Operator Console can be programmed so that a ring signal is supplied when a call is queued The command is used to determine the individual answering position for the trunk in a day-switched exchange.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 25(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F 1103 Reroute position at day 4001 Alternative answering position This command is used to determine the rerouting position of the trunk in a day switched exchange.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 26(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Voice message to external caller 4004 Random selection ? Calls in the Operator queue can be presented in fixed or rotary order. 10 Jul 14:40 backward z When there is a queue to the Operator, an external caller can receive a recorded queue message.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 27(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 The following commands are only accessible via RASC: 4008 Calling of extension at incoming call This command makes possible to determine what will happen in the following traffic case: There is an answered incoming call on the left side and the Operator has called a free extension on the right s
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 28(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 PC Operator Version 1.x Definition The PC Operator is a Windows-based Operator’s console for ASB 150 02. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Use The PC Operator presents in graphical format the callhandling information needed by the Operator.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 29(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Operation Operator Function Keys The traffic keys that are provided on the PC Operator are: Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Directories PC Operator has two directories: one for internal extensions and one for external numbers. Details can be entered into these directories by the Operator.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 30(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Conference Notify The Operator can speak to both the incoming caller and the extension by using this button. The notify button is used to enable the Operator to announce a previously parked call to an extension that has become free.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 31(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Capacity / Limitation 10 Feb 14:40 C= 0 I= 0 Up to 150 positions (extensions and trunks) per PC Operator can be monitored via the BLF.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 32(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Equipment Operator’s Console DBC 214 or DBC 663 has to be used for connection to the PC Operator. Connection to the ASB 150 02 The following hardware is required for the connection of the PC Operator to the ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 33(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Operator Suite 3.4 Definition Operator Suite provides a unified working environment for telephone operators, integrating powerful call handling, directory management, messaging, absence information and administration functions on a single PC.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 34(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 operator functions for each individual part of the exchange managed by individual operators. Directory Manager (DMG) DMG provides a graphical user interface plus tools for the administration of the directory database.
35(38) Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Operation Operator Workstation (OWS) Directory Manager (DMG) Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 F Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 36(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference F Client / Server architecture of Operator Suite LDB Client Server Clock Synchronisation Network Clock Synchronisation Logging Facilities Server (LFS) Security Data Server (SDS) Remote Data Server (RDS) Local Application Database SQL Database Capacity
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 37(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Equipment Operator’s Telephone The Operator Suite could be used in combination with one of the following digital telephone sets: • Economy telephone: DBC 211, DBC 201, DBC 751, DBC 601 • Standard telephone: DBC 212, DBC 202, DBC 755, DBC 631 • Executive telephone: DBC 213, DBC 203, DBC 753, DBC
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 38(38) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 380/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 two versions (designed for screen viewing and designed for printing).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 381/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 381.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 381/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Name selection with stored abbreviated number ISDN trunkline A common abbreviated number can be stored on a name selection key. The display shows the dialled external number and also the call status message in the same way as it is used for internal calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 381/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Call metering Directory number of trunk When the system receives charging information at outgoing calls from the public network, the STANDARD and EXECUTIVE Telephone can activate the cost indication and the elapsed charging data will be presented on the displa
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 382/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 382.fm OUTGOING CALLS VIA LINE 1, LINE 2 OR INQUIRY-KEY If the desired party answers the call, user with an ECONOMYplus, STANDARD or EXECUTIVE Telephone may continue in handsfree mode.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 382/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Capacity An Analogue telephone has only one call possibility. A System telephone has three different call possibilities: Line 1, Line 2 * and Inquiry key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 400.fm PAGING Definition Paging denotes a function where, by connecting different types of external equipment, personnel in a certain area can be located.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Activation of paging on no reply Diversion to paging function • • On no reply, pager dials relevant postdialling digit (normally 7) in order to activate paging.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B The display shows for example: Programming EXECUTIVE Telephone Programming a selected trunk line 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ 11*6*202*12345# The trunk line or trunk lines selected for connection to the paging facility needs to be programmed for this.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B To assign paging possibility 5410 Creating standard paging 3064 Program facility category (COS) list This command is used to create a call number for standard paging, i.e.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-27 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Defining paging functions 8110 Paging progress time 8101 Number of digits in paging code The time that the connection to the paging equipment shall remain in order to guarantee paging is stated here.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 400/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-27 8202 Paging code for receiver This command informs the system of the paging codes to be used for the paging units 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ PAGING SEARCH CODE backward 8202 forward xxx c/i zzzz return xxx Enter receiver's number (1 - 250) zzzz Enter receiver's paging code (1 - 4 digits) 8203 Type of
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 401/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 401.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 401/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 STANDARD Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 JOHNSON A Pick up of parked call on trunk Calls parked via an external line key for common access are picked up by pressing the key whose lamp is flashing slowly or, if so programmed, by dialling the directory number of the relevant trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 401/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Programming STANDARD Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 EXTERNAL Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C +15˚ 203 System Telephones require a programmed key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 402/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 402.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 402/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Analogue telephones EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Rev Analogue telephones can have one call only parked at a time. +15˚ JOHNSON ANDREW 202 RECALL Limitations Parking is only possible in the speech state, that is of answered calls.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 403/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 403.fm PRIVATE TRUNK LINE Outgoing call via external line key • Definition Private trunk line means that a trunk line can only be utilised by an identified extension.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 403/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Programming Following command is only accessable via RASC: 0301 Program function 3201 Route member's dir no An external line key needs to be programmed for the trunk.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 404.fm PROGRAMMABLE AND FIXED KEYS Functions Fixed keys Definition A programmable key is a key on a system telephone that can be assigned various functions by programming.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programmable keys: Busy on line 2 key / Free on 2nd access Each programmable key can be assigned one of the following functions: Is programmed if the extension wishes, temporarily, to prevent or to enable incoming calls on Line 2.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Transfer key Logon Slave - key If the user wishes to avoid pressing two keys, a separate Transfer-key can be programmed (only necessary for business layout 1).
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Key functions for ACD-system: Operation Note that ACD-keys cannot be used on an OPERATOR console. See respective facility in documents xxx/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. ACD-ready Capacity Used in conjunction with ACD-function as Log On- / Log Off- key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming Programmable keys: Fixed keys: 0201 Assignment of programmable keys 2081 Modified business key layout ? Each extension can be allocated different numbers of programmable keys.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Numbering of keys Programmable keys on system telephones are identified by a number 00 - 82. On the figures below the number for an individual programmable key may be located.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 DBC 214 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D DBC 662, DBC 663, DBC 753 DBC 754 KEY KEY KEY KEY PANEL1 PANEL2 PANEL3 PANEL4 A=15 A=32 B=33 C=34 A=49 B=50 C=51 A=66 B=67 C=68 E=19 F=20 G=21 H=22 I=23 J=24 K=25 L=26 D=35 E=36 F=37 G=38 H=39 I=40 J=41 K=42 L=43 D=52 E=53 F=54 G=55 H=56 I=57 J=58 K=59
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(8) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 404/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 0301 Key function Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Individual Programming On initiation of the system, all programmable keys are assigned the function "name selection" (see below). If a different function is required the key will have to be redefined.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 440/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 440.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 440/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Programming STANDARD Telephone JOHNSON A 203 EXTERNAL 705 S Following commands are only accessable via RASC: Extended internal calls never initiate recall.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(1) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 441/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 441.fm REFER BACK Digit 2 = Digit 3 = Definition The possibility to switch back and forth between two or more call partners for an unlimited number of times.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 445/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 A Database reference 445.fm REGISTER RECALL IN PSTN Definition/Use Inquiry, Refer back and Conference can be established on a system telephone without using a second external line.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 445/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 0180 TCD suffix dialling COS - night This command states to which Trunk Call Discrimination table for suffix dialling during register recall to PSTN to which the extension belongs to when the exchange is night-switched. The trunk number category controls which numbers the extension can dial.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 442/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 442.fm REMINDER SERVICE EXECUTIVE Telephone Definition 10 Jul 14:40 A reminder means that the system initiates ringing to the extension at an ordered time.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 442/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Activation of reminder Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C After answer the following is shown: When the time for an order reminder arrives, the extension will be rung with the same ring cadence as used for automatic callback.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 442/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Programming Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Programming of reminder ring signal The following functions can be set for reminder ringing.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 442/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 2036 Pickup RE/CB Block 8304 Connect voice answer to reminder function Defines if call pickup of reminder or call back calls is blocked or not.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP Pfleger H. SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 443/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 443.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 443/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 0303 Program type of ring signal 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ RINGING ALTERNATIV backward forward 0303 xxxx yy c/i z return xxxx Enter extension's directory number yy Enter selected traffic function key (00 - 48) z Enter relevant type of ring signal (0 - 5): 0 = Silent 1 = Periodic ringing 2 = Periodi
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 444/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 444.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 444/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 See AUTOMATIC CALLBACK - TRUNK/ROUTE, document 116/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen. Capacity 32 different public numbers can be assigned to the trunks. Up to 16 digits can be programmed per public number. The maximum permissible number of routes is 256.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 444/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Fixed lengh numbering scheme 3303 Predigits The command is used to obtain a fixed length numbering scheme with fixed number length within e.g. a private group network. With this command a number of predigits can be programmed for transmission before the selected extension number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 460/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 460.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 460/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 EXECUTIVE Telephones Save number If the trunk line is busy on this occasion, a busy message will be supplied. • Retransmission of a saved number can only be activated from idle, internal or external register (dialling) state.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 461/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 461.fm SECRETARY FUNCTION Diverted calls to a secretary can, if the secretary is absent, be diverted to another optional secretary, using the follow-me procedure.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 461/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Programming STANDARD Telephone JOHNSON A 203 EXTERNAL 703 S The secretary answers the call by pressing the relevant key.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 461/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 0110 Program diversion on no reply for internal calls. 3082 Bypass call diversion. This command specifies which ACOS (A-categories) are allowed to bypass call diversion and follow me. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ DIV.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 461/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C 0156 State type of direct diversion for incoming external calls 0158 State type of diversion on busy for incoming external calls If incoming external calls should be diverted, command 0156 must be programmed.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(5) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 461/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 0176 Call diversion to a CN number allowed ? This command defines if an extension is allowed to activate call diversion to a private network number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 462/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 C Database reference 462.fm SUBSYSTEM Capacity Definition The number of trunks to the superior system is limited by the total number of trunks. This number should not to exceed 60.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 462/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Following commands are only accessable via RASC: 1417 Length of external inquiry signal The length of the break in the loop that is sent to the superior system can be altered. Initial data = 011. 1018 Subsystem to PBX The trunklines must be programmed as subsystem.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 463/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 D Database reference 463.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 463/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Pick up of calls Capacity • Lamp for monitored party flashes rapidly • Press supervision key. Picked up call is presented on one of free traffic functions Line 1, Line 2 * or Inquiry. Lamp for selected key flashes as, confirmation of connection.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 463/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Limitations Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 0302 To program directory numbers • Extensions equipped with Analogue telephones cannot use this facility. • For both call and answer, at least one of the traffic functions Line 1, Line 2 * or Inquiry must be free.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 464/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-01-21 Rev A Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 464.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 464/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-21 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference A 5203 Password for level 2 0101 Facility COS When system programming is executed from a system telephone, the user may log in at different authority levels.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBAX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBMP Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 480.fm TANDEM CONFIGURATION Operation Definition General This document describes the interaction between two telephones ( wired-cordless or wired-wired ) working together as a unit.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D MASTER SLAVE LOGOUT LOGON busy free busy tone/ringing on Line 2 busy tone free busy ringing on line1 busy tone busy busy busy tone/ringing on Line 2 busy tone In principle the TANDEM unit works as follows: • for incoming calls, both telephones
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 If the slave is logged on, incoming calls will be indicated - depending on the programming - on both telephones or only on the slave: Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Features Abbreviated number dialling - common numbers Ringing indication on master and slave while logonstate This feature is
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Automatic callback Call waiting indication Independent of the logged status, the alerting of call back will always take place on the originator’s phone. If one member of the TANDEM unit is engaged in a call, the common directory number shall be marked busy.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Intercom Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D logged on, if not the slave remains in the logged off state. An intercom key can only be supported on the master phone. For more information see document INTERCOM, 266 / 155 34 - ASB 150 02 Uen.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Immediate answer Last external number redial If the slave is logged on, an activated "Immediate answer" function is automatically deactivated. This feature is independent of the TANDEM unit.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-05-29 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Recall following parking Tenant function Independent of the logging status, a recall is always indicated on the orginator of the previous process. Master and slave of a TANDEM unit belong to the same tenant group.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Programming 0166 Slave always logged on 5630 Assign slave extension number This command states whether the related slave should be permanently or temporarely logged on by the user via the "slave logon"-key or the procedure *28#.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 0172 Diversion on cordless not available internal 0301 Extensions - Programmable keys This command is used to activate diversion on not available for internal calls. Diversion on not available could be a result of a not attainable cordless.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 10(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 480/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-05-29 3054 Program SUPERVISE SLAVE key This command defines which ACOS-group (0-15) has facility access to allow programming a "supervise slave"-key. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ PROG.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 D Database reference 481.fm TELEPHONE DIRECTORY Definition Printout The function allows to print out the whole telephone directory in alphabetic order.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 EXECUTIVE Telephone 10 Jul 14:40 Press search-key of the menu. The display shows the first record (in alphabetic order) stored in the surname’s field.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 OPERATOR’s Console 10 Feb 14:40 C= 0 I= 0 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Searching in other fields For example, if you want to find a person working in a certain department you can proceed as follows: +15˚ Press “+” key to mark the next field.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D Searching in some fields simultaneously No record fulfils the search criteria. When searching for a certain person it can be easier to state the first surname letter in the surname field and the first name letter in the first-name field.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 Programming The display shows: It is possible to assign a 35 characters’ information to the directory number, structured in different fields, if so desired. This applies for both the internal and the external telephone directory.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 481/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 99-07-15 ALL All data records will be printed out including guest room extensions Only guest room extensions information will be printed out Only non-guestroom extensions information will be printed out. GUEST DIR Rev The display shows: 10 Jul 14:40 ADM.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 482/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 482.fm TENANT FUNCTION Definition Tenant function means that several individual organisations and/or companies (tenants) can share the same telephone system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 482/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Facilities Limitations By means of programming the facility category list and assigning facility categories to the various tenants each tenant can gain access to the desired number of facilities.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 482/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Programming Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Y=Tenant opened N=Tenant not opened When programming a system to be used by several companies, you must keep in mind the following information: Answering position for trunk Must always be programmed if tenants are to have different answering positi
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 483/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 98-11-18 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 483.fm TEXT MODE Operation Definition In those modes in which writing is permitted this is indicated by a cursor on the display.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 483/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-11-18 Some examples: - indicates consecutive depressions of the same key , indicates that a new key is pressed To write "JOHN" the following keys have to be pressed: 5,6-6-6,4-4,6-6 To write "ROSS": 7-7-7,6-6-6,7-7-7-7,+,7-7-7-7 Capacity/Limitations None. Programming None.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 484/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 B Database reference 484.fm TRAFFIC GROUP MATRIX Definition The traffic group matrix is an aid for opening up or restricting traffic between different extensions and/or trunks in the system.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 484/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Programming 2301-2315 Traffic group matrix To program extensions in the traffic groups The traffic group matrix is to be programmed so that the desired traffic can be obtained. For each calling traffic group state its availability for other traffic groups.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP M.Plattner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 485/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 485.fm TRANSFER Operation Definition System Telephones Internal or external calls can be transferred to another party.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(2) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 485/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Limitations Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 3002 Program facility category list If there are several individually parked parties, the party who was parked last will be transferred.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 D Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 486.fm TRUNK Definition Digital trunks Digital trunks are used for connection to modern, digital public exchanges.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP T.Preißner SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 487/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 C Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 487.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 487/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C Programming 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ OPEN NO_INTERVALS 0103 - 0104 Categorisation of extensions backward The extensions can be divided into: xx • Nine external number categories for day traffic (0 - 8) • Nine external number categories for night traffic (0 -
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 487/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference C forward xx c/i z return xx Enter sequence number for destination (0 - 99) z YES = Category is open for destination NO = Category is blocked for direction Default value = NO COS 2 backward 2202 COS 1 OPEN FOR TCD-COS 1 COS 0 +15˚ TO 10 Jul 14:40
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 487/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 1004 TCD-night COS These predigits are only used for this network. For all lines connected to another network other predigits have to be programmed. In the case of transit traffic an incoming trunk line can be assigned external number categories in the same way as extensions.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Capacity The maximum number of trunks is determined by the number of voice channels (60) . 32 different public numbers can be assigned to the trunks. Up to 16 digits can be programmed per public number.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 5607 Assign all trunk lines a new number series 1608 Call meter receiver level 1601 - 1613 Transmission parameters: 1609 Impedance adaptation The following commands can be set for both analogue and digital trunks 1610 Relative sending level(dBr) 1601 CEPT-D
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 1005 Common short no COS 1013 Dial tone to extension? Initial data = 0 Dial tone supplied to the calling party? For outgoing calls. Inital data = YES 1006 Callback allowed ? Initial data = Y 1014 Result tone to PE.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 5(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Register signalling 1302-1306, 1312 Outgoing decadic signalling The following commands are programmed if decadic signalling shall be used. Decadic signalling 1302 Outgoing digits transmission. Select Decadic (=0) 1303 Impulse type Relationship digit/number of pulses.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 6(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Is the system connected to the public net, it always acts as a slave and takes over the clock from the public net. Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 1401-1407 Monitoring times.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 7(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 1409 Time for recall on transfer before answer Several routes States time before the call that was transferred before answer recalls that initiated the party transfer.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 8(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 zzzz Enter directory number of relevant answering position. Default data = 200 Step to commands 1102 - 1104 and repeat above procedure.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 9(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 97-10-31 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference D 1011 Rero on answ pos vacant Operator calls The number is vacant 1801 Incoming common number at automatic incoming traffic 1012 Rero on answ pos busy ? The number is busy 1016 Reroute on no answer The number does not answer 1017 Reroute on to few digits ?
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 10(10) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 486/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 97-10-31 Digital trunk 1901 CRC-4 alarm conditions Automantic Trunk Impedance Adaption 1032 Trunk Impedance Adaption To activate this feature set the command to: YES (automatic trunk impedance enabled) NO (automatic trunk impedance disabled) default value: NO 1033 Impedance Adaption Transit To activate thi
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/EBBMP M.Plattner SEA/EBBX/E Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 521/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/EBBMP Datum/Date Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 99-07-15 G ASB 150 02 Database reference 521.fm VOICE MAILBOX, EXTERNAL Operation Definition System Telephones An external PC based voice server, e.g. DiscoVoice 5000, can be connected to ASB 150 02.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 521/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference From the traffic aspect the connections of the voice mailbox should be distributed among several ELU-A boards for systems with heavy traffic. Programming System Telephones can have a lamp for a voice mailbox.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 521/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 99-07-15 G Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference 3071 Indication of external voice message? 0125 Voice mail extension? An external mail system can be connected to ASB 150 via an analogue extension interface.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 4(4) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 521/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked The value zero indicates no line break. Set value to 0. Programming for CN 2071 Information system identity (ISID) for external voice mailbox This command defines the Information system identity (ISID) of the external mailbox system, which is located in an ASB 501 node.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP S. Caushi SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 522.fm VOICE MESSAGE Voice message for OPERATOR queue Definition A recorded voice message that is supplied after a programmable time to external callers if the OPERATOR is busy.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Voice message in conjunction with reminder Limitations When an ordered reminder calls the ordering party and the latter answers, a recorded message can be played back.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 3(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Voice answer with directory number 4401 Record the voice messages to be utilised 4701 Couple the recorded voice messages to one assembled voice answer Voice answer for ACD-queue 4401 Record the voice messages to be included in voice answers 1 and 2 3901 State which two voice messages are to be us
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 4(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Length and quality of voice answer with directory number 4701 Assemble voice messages 4307 High anno quality This command is used to assemble several recorded voice messages to a previously created directory number for voice answer It is possible to select h
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 5(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 0-15 retrieving common; command 4418 0-9 digits-language 1; command 4419 0-9 digits-language 2; command 4420 0-9 digits-language 3; command 4421 0-2 common voice prompts; command 4422 0-9 DISA voice prompts 0-63 for VMU-HD or 0-31 for VMU-D announcements for trunks; command 44
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 6(6) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 522/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Press ENTER after entering the reference number. 10 Jul 14:40 +15˚ PLAY BACK 10 Jul 14:40 play-back pause erase return ACD ANNO rec Press pause to make a pause in recording or playback.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible SEA/TB/MP S.Caushi SEA/TB/XE Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved 1(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 523/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Kontr/Checked SEA/TB/MP Datum/Date Rev 98-01-28 B Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference ASB 150 02 Database reference 523.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Uppgjord/Prepared Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible 2(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 523/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 Rev Tillhör/Referens-File/Reference B Capacity Programming For the VMU-HD or VMU-D board storage capacity see “Printed Board Assemblies” chapter in SYSTEM OVERVIEW. 1105 Common voice announcement at day VMU-HD offers up to 64 trunk voice references and VMU-D offers up to 32.
FACILITY DESCRIPTION Faktaansvarig - Subject responsible Uppgjord/Prepared 3(3) Dokumentnr/Documentnr 523/155 34-ASB 150 02 Uen Dokansv/Godkänd - Doc respons/Approved Kontr/Checked Datum/Date 98-01-28 4424 Announcements for trunks Via this command you can record / play / erase voice announcements concerning trunks. 10 Jul 14:40 TRUNK ANNO: backward +15˚ 0-63 4424 forward > return In systems equipped with VMU-HD (VMU-D) it is possible to record voice announcements for up to 64 (32) trunks.